MAMMALS
400. Abu Jafar, M.Z., and C. Hays-Shahin. 1988. Re-introduction of the Arabian Oryx into Jordan. Pages 35-40 in A. Dixon and D. Jones, eds. Conservation and biology of desert antelopes. Christopher Helm Ltd., London.
ABSTRACT: The Arabian oryx was extinct in Jordan by the 1930's. In 1975, the Shaumari Wildlife Reserve was established for the reintroduction of indigenous wildlife by the Royal Society for the Conservation of Nature. In 1978, eight oryx (four males, four females) from the World Herd and three from Qatar were brought to Shaumari and put in pens to form a breeding unit. By 1983, the herd had grown to 31 animals (15 males, 16 females), and in October they were released on the fenced 22 km2 reserve. The oryx are maintained under natural conditions with minimal human intervention. Two rangers patrol the herd daily. Four and one-half years post-release, the herd has increased 126% to 70 individuals (32 males, 38 females). Fifty-four percent of the individuals are sexually mature. There have been 13 oryx deaths since the 1983 release. The Shaumari reintroduction is considered a success; however, there are concerns about the carrying capacity of the reserve. Although there are presently no signs of overgrazing or social stress, plans are underway to expand the reserve to 320 km2. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Oryx leucoryx 1970's 1980's activity age distribution social organization.
LOCATION: 2681 MAM
401. Abu-Zinada, A.H., K. Habibi, and R. Seitre. 1988. The Arabian oryx programme in Saudi Arabia. Pages 41-46 in A. Dixon and D. Jones, eds. Conservation and biology of desert antelopes. Christopher Helm Ltd., London.
ABSTRACT: Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) occurred in two populations on the Arabian Peninsula in the 1930's. The northern population was hunted to extinction in the 1950's. In the south, increased hunting pressure took many oryx, and the last Arabian oryx in the wild is believed to have been killed in 1972. A captive breeding program is underway at the National Wildlife Research Centre in Taif. Plans call to increase the captive herd to 80 animals and then release two groups of 20 animals each at presently undetermined sites. Released animals will be acclimatized to release areas in an enclosure, for several years if necessary. A second captive breeding program is also underway at the National Wildlife Research Centre in Thumamah. This reintroduction project has the benefit of the experience gained from the Arabian oryx reintroduction in Oman. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae health.
LOCATION: 2681 MAM
402. Allen, T.J. 1986. Evaluation of movements, harvest rate, vulnerability and survival of translocated raccoons in southern West Virginia. Trans. Northeast Sect. Wildl. Soc. 43:64.
ABSTRACT: A total of 206 raccoons translocated from Brownwood, Texas to Wyoming County, West Virginia over a 2-year period from 1977-1979 were transmitter equipped and monitored for movements and survival. An additional 85 raccoons were equipped with dog collars bearing reward information and released in the same manner as the telemetered animals. Young-of-the-year raccoons experienced the greatest mortality averaging 30.9% per week. Yearling and adults weekly mortalities averaged 13.7% and 11.2%, respectively. Average survival of all raccoons was 4.3 weeks for females and 4.8 weeks for males. Movements of radio-equipped raccoons averaged 3.0 km with a range from 0 to 30.1 km. Average movements in spring (4.4 km) were greater than fall movements (1.7 km). Survival of spring stocked raccoons was significantly greater than fall stocked animals. Movements of all raccoons surviving 12 or more weeks averaged 5.8 km. Dog collared animals posted the longest movements (133 km and 167 km) recorded during the study. Fair to poor physical condition of the raccoons at the time of release was a contributing factor to the low survival rate. Overall known survival (through the spring of 1980) of the translocated raccoons was 4%. A mere 6% were harvested by sportsmen. Of the 163 raccoons recovered, 121 were found dead during the study. Animals infected with the viral disease parvovirus enteritis were found in each shipment. There is a distinct likelihood that the disease was thus introduced into the resident population. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Procyonidae Procyon lotor 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2697 MAM
403. Andelt, F. 1988. Unusual movements of river otters released in Nebraska. Prairie Nat. 20:108.
ABSTRACT: Because river otters were extirpated from Nebraska in the early 1900's, efforts were begun in 1987 to reestablish their populations. A total of 62 otters live-trapped and released in other states and Canadian provinces were released at three locations in Nebraska. Although five mortalities and two recaptures occurred within 70km of the release sites, two otters exhibited unusual movements. One male otter was found dead in a beaver trap 33 days after its release. It had traveled 324km by river or 254km in a straight line. The second male otter was found dead 317 days after its release in a commercial fishing net 1138km by river from its release site. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's Lutra canadensis dispersal
LOCATION: 3124 MAM
404. Anderson, J.L. 1981. The reestablishment and management of a lion Panthera leo population in Zululand, South Africa. Biol. Conserv. 19:107-118.
ABSTRACT: The re-establishment of a viable lion population in an area from which they were eliminated is described. Subsequent growth of the population with associated dispersion and stock killing is documented. The rationale behind, and results of, a management program to maintain a viable lion population with an acceptable level of stock killing are discussed. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Felidae 1960's 1970's census capture marking dispersal movement.
LOCATION: 2712 MAM
405. Anderson, J.L. 1986. Restoring a wilderness: the reintroduction of wildlife to an African national park. Int. Zoo Yearb. 24/25:192-199.
ABSTRACT: The Pilanesburg area of Bophuthtatswana, South Africa, was declared a national park in 1979, and efforts immediately began to restore endemic wildlife to the area, which had been grazed for centuries. Between November 1979 and August 1984, 5, 965 animals of 20 herbivore species were relocated to the park. As of August 1984, 16 species were successfully established, one was unsuccessful, two uncertain, and one species was classified as optimistic. Problems were experienced with disease, poor physical condition on release, imbalanced sex ratios, disrupted social organization, and release methods. The area was no longer suitable for gemsbok (Oryx gazella) although the park fell within the species historic range. Cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus), blue wildebeest (Connochaetes taurinus), Cape hartebeest (Alcelaphus buselaphus caama), and impala (Aepyceros melampus) numbers grew rapidly, exceeding recommended numbers, and excess individuals were translocated to other parks or taken by controlled safari hunting within the park. The revenues received from wildlife utilization in the Pilanesberg National Park have made this reintroduction an economic success. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Elephantidae Equidae Felidae Giraffidae Hippopotamidae Rhinocerotidae Struthionidae African buffalo African elephant black rhinoceros common reedbuck common waterbuck common zebra eland giraffe greater kudu hippopotamus ostrich sable antelope Southern white rhinoceros springbok tsessebe 1970's 1980's carrying capacity economics.
LOCATION: 2657 MAM
406. Andrews, R.D., D.A. Reeves, L.S. Jackson, and W.R. Clark. 1986. Reintroduction of river otters in Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 93:93.
ABSTRACT: On March 19, 1985, 16 river otter (8 males and 8 females) were released at the Red Rock Reservoir in an effort to determine if they could be reestablished on inland habitat in Iowa. A radio transmitter was surgically implanted into the body cavity of each otter to monitor survival, movement, and habitat use. Beaver lodges and dens and brush piles were utilized by otter over 60% of the time. The oxbows and other backwaters of the Red Rock Reservoir are important components of summer and fall otter habitat. Two known mortalities have occurred. One otter died of complications associated with the implanted radio and one was caught in a snare set for a raccoon approximately 20 miles upstream from the reservoir. Two otters moved from the Des Moines River Drainage to the Skunk River drainage. One animal moved downstream approximately 35 miles from the release site. An additional 120 otters will be introduced at 6 different sites over the next 3 years. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Mustelidae Lutra canadensis 1980's.
LOCATION: 3192 MAM
407. Andrews, R.D., G.L. Storm, R.L. Phillips, and R.A. Bishop. 1973. Survival and movements of transplanted and adopted red fox pups. J. Wildl. Manage. 37:69-72.
ABSTRACT: The recovery rates and dispersal distances of transplanted juvenile red foxes (Vulpes fulva) were compared with those of controls released on their natal range. Transplanted juvenile foxes included one group held in captivity for 2 to 4 weeks before release (Group 1), one group added to other resident litters (Group 2), and nine family groups each consisting of an adult female and her offspring (Group 3). The overall recovery rate was not significantly higher than those of the controls. Mortality, other than hunting and trapping, was higher in the group held captive than in all other groups. Dispersal in all groups did not begin until late September and early October. Only one of the nine transplanted adult females showed a tendency to home back to the original den. (AA) Copyright 1973 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Canidae Iowa 1960's 1970's.
LOCATION: 2403 MAM
408. Anon. 1986. Onagers - back in the wild at last! Israel Land Nat. 11:149.
ABSTRACT: Onagers (Equus hemionus hemippus) have been successfully reintroduced to the Makhtesh Ramon region of Israel. The reintroduced herd consists of eight adult females, four juveniles, and one adult male. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Equidae reproduction.
LOCATION: 2807 MAM
409. Atwood, E.L., Jr. 1938. Some observations on adaptability of Michigan beavers released in Missouri. J. Wildl. Manage. 2: 165-166.
ABSTRACT: By 1927, populations of the Missouri beaver had become so depleted that the animal was thought to be extinct. In 1928 and 1929, six pairs of Michigan beavers were restocked in two Missouri streams. From this nucleus, the beaver population grew to an estimated 70 animals in 1937, with some colonies occurring as far as 135 miles downstream from the original release site. The greatest upstream movement was only 15 miles, probably due to the difficulty of maintaining dams against high stream velocities during periodic flooding of the headwaters. Four of the five colonies were located opposite corn fields, where corn was utilized as the major food and building material. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae Castor canadensis dispersal 1920's 1930's
LOCATION: 2527 MAM
410. August, J.B. 1974. A study of liberation of snowshoe hare on ancestral range in Virginia. M.S. Thesis. Virginia Polytech. Inst., Blacksburg. 67pp.
ABSTRACT: A total of 310 snowshoe hare (Lepus americanus) were received from Harvey Station, New Brunswick, Canada for release in four areas of Giles County, Virginia. These were Mountain Lake, North Fork of Stony Creek, Dismal Creek, and No Business Creek. The first release was made on December 9, 1972. Of the 102 hares received, 89 were released; the other 13 were found dead in the shipping cartons. The second release occurred on January 20, 1974. Two-hundred-ten hares were received, but only 168 were released. Thirty-two died during shipping and eight were kept for telemetry work. The winters of 1972-73 and 1973-74 were both unseasonably warm, and snowfall was light both years which greatly hindered collecting data through track counts. Beagles were used in February and March of 1974, and 27 chases were recorded. Of these, 11 were confirmed hare chases, with 7 being cottontail, and 9 unknown. Telemetry work was attempted on two hares, but one was killed by a bobcat the day it was released in the North Fork of Stony Creek area, and no radio transmission was received from a second one following its release in the Dismal Creek area. Total mortality could not be determined due to lack of snowfall and the small number of tags that were returned. The dispersal of released hares ranged from 100 yards to 5 miles. Released hares survived at least 3 months to a year at all release areas except North Fork of Stony Creek. Three snowshoe hare were sighted together on December 1, 1973 in the Dismal area. Since this was almost a year following the release, two or perhaps all three were young of the year. Signs of breeding activity were found in the snow in late February 1974, also in the Dismal area. Five snowshoe hare young were sighted in the spring of 1974, three in the Dismal area on April 10, 1974 and the other two in the No Business Creek area, one April 26 and the other on May 4. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Leporidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2970 MAM
411. Baidya, K.N. 1982. Alarm call for great Indian rhino (Rhinoceros unicornis). Tigerpaper 9(2):6-7.
ABSTRACT: In 1908, only about a dozen rhinos inhabited Kaziranga Sanctuary of Assam. Current estimates show that there are now 960 rhinos in this sanctuary, which may be too many for this area. Plans to shift some of these animals into new suitable habitats to safeguard the species were met with public opposition. Local groups claimed the translocation effort was designed to strip the state of an important tourist attraction and to deprive the Assam people of an object of their hereditary pride. The experiment to translocate six Kaziranga rhinos into Dudhwa National Park was scheduled for winter 1983, and could be the starting point of similar projects to reintroduce other endangered Indian species. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae philosophy Rhinoceros unicornis
LOCATION: 3200 MAM
412. Bailey, J.A., and B.K. Johnson. 1977. Status of introduced mountain goats in the Sawatch range of Colorado. Proc. Int. Mountain Goat Symp. 1:54-63.
ABSTRACT: Mountain goats were introduced into Colorado in 1948 and now are established in four areas. In the Sawatch Range, herds on Mt. Shavano and Sheep Mountain have increased since last studied in 1964. On Sheep Mountain, goats congregated into larger groups and moved from south aspects below tree line to north and west aspects on alpine tundra as the summer progressed. The late-summer diet consisted of about two-thirds graminoids, one-fourth forbs and 7% shrubs. Age ratios from the Sawatch Range and from studies reported in the literature suggest a density-dependent decline in reproductive success as introduced herds of mountain goats have grown larger. In addition, age ratios in the Sawatch Range have been negatively correlated with depth and persistence of snow above timberline. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Oreamnos americanus 1940's habitat.
LOCATION: 3151 MAM
413. Banks, J. 1979. The translocation of the Deduru Oya herd. What was left of it. Loris 15(2):113-115.
ABSTRACT: In September and October 1979, the Department of Wildlife Conservation in Sri Lanka successfully translocated 10 elephants (Elephas maximus) from the jungle of Dedura Oya to Wilpattu National Park. Four other individuals died in the translocation process. Animals were immobilized with dart guns, moved out of the jungle with the aid of tame elephants, and transported by lorry to Wilpattu. One elephant walked back to Dedura Oya 5 days after being transferred to Wilpattu and was subsequently transported back to Wilpattu. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Elephantidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2778 MAM
414. Barick, F.B. 1985. Deer restoration in the southeastern United States. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 5:342-358.
ABSTRACT: In an effort to produce more deer for hunters, eleven southeastern states began deer restoration efforts in the 1930's. Most of the imported deer came from Texas, Wisconsin, and Mexico, with a few emanating from Pennsylvania and North Carolina, but trapping of native stocks did occur as well. The number of deer stocked varied from 467 in Kentucky to 2400 in Arkansas. Although most states considered 10,000 acres as the minimum acceptable size for a deer restoration area, others succeeded with areas as small as 2500 or 5000 acres. Most deer remained in the release areas, but reports of dispersals from 5 to 15 miles were not uncommon, and some deer were seen 25 miles from the point of release. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae Odocoileus virginianus habitat trapping
LOCATION: 2639 MAM
415. Bauer, J.J. 1988. A preliminary assessment of the reintroduction success of the Asian one-horned rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis) in Bardia Wildlife Reserve, Nepal. Tigerpaper 15(4):26-32.
ABSTRACT: Two translocation efforts in February and December 1986 released 14 Asian one-horned rhinoceroses (6 males, 8 females) into Bardia Wildlife Reserve in Nepal. One female died within two weeks as a result of injuries received during transport. Ten of the twelve remaining rhinos dispersed into riparian habitat 2km to 22km from the release site. Animals released in the second effort dispersed a shorter distance than those released first, and females dispersed shorter distances than males. These translocated rhinos began breeding and had established stable home ranges by 1988. Three potential rhino translocations and the use of reintroduction as a management tool and experimental technique are discussed. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1980's
LOCATION: 3173 MAM
416. Bavin, B. 1980. Post-release study of desert bighorn sheep in the Big Hatchet Mountains, New Mexico. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.12-14.
ABSTRACT: A remnant desert bighorn (Ovis canadensis mexicana) population in the Big Hatchet Mountains of southwestern New Mexico has been slowly declining. In January 1979, 11 sheep were placed in a temporary paddock in an area of unutilized habitat until May 29, 1979, when they were released. The sheep moved frequently following their release, eventually spending several months in the areas of the indigenous sheep population. However, during January 1980, they returned to the release site for lambing and have remained there through March. Indigenous rams were enticed to move to new ares outside their home ranges by the reintroduced sheep. The paddock release appears to have been successful in establishing a sheep population that is utilizing formerly unoccupied historical desert bighorn range. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's movements.
LOCATION: 3133 MAM
417. Belden, R.C. 1986. Florida panther recovery plan implementation - a 1983 progress report. Pages 159-172 in S.D. Miller and D.D. Everett, eds. Cats of the world: biology, conservation, and management. Proc. Second Int. Cat Symp., Kingsville, TX, October 4-6, 1982.
ABSTRACT: The Florida Panther Recovery Team was appointed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service in July 1976 to prepare and assist in coordinating the implementation of a recovery plan for the Florida panther. The step-down outline for the plan was completed in October 1976. The goal of the plan is to prevent the extinction and re-establish viable populations of Florida panthers in as much of the former range as is feasible. Three objectives are identified to attain this goal: to find and maintain any existing populations of Florida panthers, to improve public opinion and behavior regarding the existence of Florida panthers, and to re-establish populations where feasible. In the past 7 years, progress has been made toward the accomplishment of these objectives. Activities include the operation of a Florida Panther Record Clearinghouse, investigating sighting reports, field searches for panther sign, radio-telemetry studies to determine movements and habitat preferences, food habits studies, taxonomic studies, public education programs, and evaluation of present regulations and land management policies. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Felidae 1970's 1980's methodology policy.
LOCATION: 2924 MAM
418. Bell, R., and H. Nsanjama. 1985. Male puku for Malawi. Swara 8:23-24.
ABSTRACT: The puku (Kobus vardoni) was exterminated from Malawi by the 1930's. Dispersal of adult females from Zambia since 1978 has resulted in the establishment of three puku groups in Malawi. As of 1982, no males had immigrated to Malawi, and arrangements were made to translocate males from Zambia to supplement the new Malawi populations. In October 1984, five sub-adult males were captured in Zambia, transported to Malawi, quarantined for 28 days, and subsequently released. It is too early to evaluate the success of the translocation. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Africa 1980's.
LOCATION: 2792 MAM
419. Berg, W.E. 1982. Reintroduction of fisher, pine marten, and river otter. Pages 159-173 in G. C. Sanderson, ed. Midwest furbearer management. Proc. 43rd Symp. Midwest Fish and Wildl. Conf.
ABSTRACT: Fisher (Martes pennanti), pine marten (M. americana), and river otter (Lutra canadensis) are frequently translocated in the northern states and provinces. This translocation is a result of their high fur value, previous extirpation, niche availability, predation value, public relations benefit, and the need to preserve locally rare or threatened species. Of 33 northern states and provinces queried in 1981, 22 have been or are involved in transplanting these species, 4 anticipated transplants in the future, and 7 had no plans. Fisher and marten were the most frequently transplanted species. Fisher, marten, and otter were trapped by agency personnel, private trappers, and environmental consultants. Reimbursement was by cash paid directly to the agency or trapper, trade for another wildlife species, or gratis. The most successful transplants incorporated feasibility studies, use of box traps of solid side rather than cage construction, introduction of more than 30 animals, sex ratios favoring females, short handling and transportation periods, and an acclimatization period in the new areas prior to release. Most problems in transplanting programs result from inadequate planning, too few animals transplanted, trapping or handling related injury or death, inadequate niche assessment, and opposition of the local populace to a new predator species. Methods for trapping, immobilizing, holding, transporting, and releasing fisher, otter, and pine marten are discussed. Transplant success is best evaluated by a combination of field sign and radiotelemetry. The most successful transplants to date have been of fisher in Vermont and both fisher and marten in Wisconsin and Michigan. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1950's 1960's 1970's 1980's livetrapping reintroduction questionnaire.
LOCATION: 2698 MAM
420. Bergerud, A.T., and W.E. Mercer. 1989. Caribou introductions in eastern North America. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 17: 111-120.
ABSTRACT: We reviewed 33 introductions of caribou that took place in eastern North America from 1924 to 1985. Twenty introductions resulted in sustained populations, and 13 failed. Outside of Newfoundland, six introductions failed when animals were released where white-tailed deer were common. In these instances, caribou probably contacted meningeal worm. One introduction failed when both wolves and white-tailed deer were present, and others failed when probably only wolves were present. In Newfoundland, where there are no wolves or white-tailed deer, five introductions failed when the animals probably joined nearby herds. The fate of these 33 introductions is consistent with the view that predation (natural and hunting) and disease from deer were major factors in the decline of caribou in eastern North America with settlement. (AS) Copyright 1989 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Cervidae review paper.
LOCATION: 2912 MAM
421. Berhanu, L. 1974. Operation Swayne's hartebeest. Oryx 12: 556-558.
ABSTRACT: During 1974, the Wildlife Conservation Organization of Ethiopia translocated Swayne's hartebeest (Alcelaphus buselaphus swaynei) from the Sankalle region of Ethiopia to Awash National Park and to Nachisar where a park is projected. Only about 1,000 hartebeest exist, and 400 of these are concentrated in the Sankalle region where their survival is threatened by mechanized farming. Hartebeest were captured by driving the animals into an enclosure. Seven animals died from exhaustion or being horned by bigger animals. About 90 animals were released at Awash National Park and 120 at Nachisar during May and June. The translocation project was terminated due to lack of funds, but the Wildlife Conservation Organization hopes to resume the translocations to save the species from extinction. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's mortality.
LOCATION: 2981 MAM
422. Bertram, B.C.R. 1988. Re-introducing scimitar-horned oryx into Tunisia. Pages 136-145 in A. Dixon and D. Jones, eds. Conservation and biology of desert antelopes. Christopher Helm Ltd., London.
ABSTRACT: Scimitar-horned oryx (Oryx dammah) disappeared from Tunisia in 1902 due to desertification, competition with domestic livestock, disturbance, and hunting. Ten young scimitar-horned oryx (five males, five females) from Britain were reintroduced into the Bou-Hedma National Park in Tunisia in December 1985. They were acclimatized in a 600 m2 pen for 4.5 months and then released into a 10 hectare pre-release enclosure. Social organization has been established peacefully, and the oryx have adjusted to the new climate and natural foods. In July 1987, the oryx were released from the enclosure into the Total Protection Zone of the park. This zone is a 2,400 hectare area that has been protected from domestic livestock since 1977. A calf has been born since the release. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Africa 1980's activity dominance hierarchies habitat.
LOCATION: 2681 MAM
423. Bertram, B.C.R., and D.P. Moltu. 1986. Reintroducing red squirrels into Regent's Park. Mammal Rev. 16:81-88.
ABSTRACT: In late 1984 10 young red squirrels (Sciurus vulgaris) trapped in Scotland were released into Regent's Park and monitored by radio-telemetry. We wanted to investigate the reasons why the introduced Grey Squirrel has replaced the Red over much of Britain; disease, aggression, and ecological competition have all been suggested as the cause. The relevant guidelines governing policy on reintroductions were followed. A few months after release, the animals appear well established. They benefit from a specially-designed hopper which allows them to feed from it but prevents Grey Squirrels from doing so. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3054 MAM
424. Bich, J.P. 1988. The feasibility of river otter reintroduction in northern Utah. M.S. Thesis. Utah State Univ., Logan. 67pp.
ABSTRACT: The purpose of this thesis is to document river otter (Lutra canadensis) distribution and reintroduction potential in northern Utah. Distribution was studied using data from three sources: 1) otter sighting records from Utah Division of Wildlife Resources; 2) surveys of Utah furbearer trappers and natural resources personnel; and 3) searches of streams for otter sign. Potential for river otter habitat/reintroduction was evaluated by assessing food, cover, and reintroduction attributes. Streams were ranked using an evaluation system based on data from the otter literature. Forty-six positive otter sightings were made in Utah by trappers, natural resources personnel, and the public, 1964-1988. Only 1.3% of 844.4 km of northern Utah streams had otter sign during winter and summer searches. General characteristics of northern Utah streams such as habitat type and stream gradient are suitable for river otters. However, stream alterations and livestock grazing have negatively impacted potential otter habitat. Ninety-four percent of the studied streams are presently unacceptable for reintroductions. Escape cover is the most limited habitat attribute, but food appears to be available in adequate quantities. We recommend no otter reintroductions be made until riparian zones are rehabilitated and protected. Reestablishment of stream bank vegetation is essential to provide escape cover for reintroduced otters. We also recommend control of pollution inputs and no further construction of reservoirs. Surveys of otter distribution and evaluation of potential reintroduction should be done on the Colorado River drainage in Utah. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1960's 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2965 MAM
425. Bigalke, R.C. 1984. Criteria and their application in the reintroduction of large mammals. Acta Zool. Fenn. 172:165-168. ABSTRACT: Reasons for the reintroduction of large mammals to reserves and elsewhere are summarose. Biological and socio-economic criteria used in selecting taxa are reviewed. Methodology is discussed with reference to minimum population size, composition of founder population, season of release, problems of adaption and diseases and parasites. (AA)
KEY WORDS: South Africa review paper.
LOCATION: 2614 MAM
426. Bigg, M.A., and I.B. MacAskie. 1978. Sea otters reestablished in British Columbia. J. Mammal. 59:874-876.
ABSTRACT: Three groups of sea otters (Enhydra lutris) totalling 89 animals were transplanted from Alaska to British Columbia during 1969-1972 by the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, British Columbia Fish and Wildlife Branch, Arctic Biological Station, and Pacific Biological Station. The animals were captured at Amchitka Island and Prince William Sound and released at Bunsby Islands off northwestern Vancouver Island. About 80% of the released otters were adults, and the sex ratio of adults was 2 females to 1 male. Aerial surveys conducted in 1977 confirmed transplant success. Fifteen otters were present at Bajo Point and 55 at the Bunsby Islands. Females with pups were observed at both locations. Based on Kenyon's (1969, N. Amer. Fauna 68:1-352) work in Alaska, the transplanted sea otter populations are expected to increase by at least 10% yearly until a normal age distribution is achieved at which time the rate of increase should decline to 4-5%. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1960's 1970's survival.
LOCATION: 2902 MAM
427. Blaisdell, J.A. 1982. Lava beds wrap-up, what did we learn? Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.32-33.
ABSTRACT: What appeared to be a successful re-establishment of California bighorn at Lava Beds National Monument came to an abrupt end in 1980. An unfortunate set of circumstances during trapping and transplanting in winter 1980 was followed by disease a few months later which eliminated the entire population. This paper is a review of those occurrences and suggests certain precautions for future projects. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis californiana 1980's.
LOCATION: 3251 MAM
428. Bojovic, D. 1967. Later works on settling big game on the territory of Serbia southerly of the Sava and the Danube. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 7:359-364.
ABSTRACT: Because many big game species were eliminated from the mountainous districts of Serbia, a total of 111 red deer were introduced into four enclosures between 1954 and 1964. All surviving deer in these groups were released between 1956 and 1964, and a 1965 survey revealed a total of 227 red deer in the wild. The animals adapted to captivity well, and reproductive rates were often as high as 80%. Reintroductions of fallow deer, mouflon, and bezoard goats are briefly mentioned, as well as notes on the husbandry of chamois in fenced enclosures. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae Bovidae Capridae methdodology captive propagation Cervus elaphus
LOCATION: 3222 MAM
429. Boldenkov, S.V. 1977. Reintroduction of the European bison, Bos bonasus, in the Ukraine. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 13:508-511. ABSTRACT: Several hundred years ago, bison were common inhabitants of the Ukrainian steppes. Intensive persecution by man resulted in their removal from southern and central areas toward more inaccessible northern lands. Nevertheless, in the 14th century bison were observed in steppe areas. By the beginning of World War I (1914), 1,500 to 1,700 animals remained in Europe while in the Ukraine they had disappeared. From 1965 to 1976, 74 bison were introduced into the Ukraine. They were placed on game lands of the Volynsky, Kievsky, Krymsky, Lvovsky, Rovensky and Tchernovitsky Regions. The total population reached 144 animals (61 males and 83 females). Eight males and 8 females were born in 1975. In areas of reintroduction, bison are kept free. The largest centers for bison reintroductions were as follows: Tsumansky State Game Reserve in Volynsky Region (48 animals), Bukovinsky State Game Reserve in Tchernovitsky Region and Maidan State Game Reserve in Lvovsky Region (22). Released into game lands, bison adapted to the natural landscape but they needed added forage, especially in winter. They began to visit feeding places from October to November, first at night and later all day long. Usually the mating season began in September and, in some females, later. Sometimes males fought. The strongest male remained in the vicinity of the herd until October-November. Calving lasted from June until December. There were no cases in which bison attacked man. Usually, when man approached bison closer than 70 to 100 m, the bison retreated. Only a few cases of male aggressive behavior were observed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's historical account.
LOCATION: 3115 MAM
430. Booth, V.R., and A.M. Coetzee. 1988. The capture and relocation of black and white rhinoceros in Zimbabwe. Pages 191-209 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: In 1984 and 1985, in accordance with the conservation strategy of the Department of National Parks and Wildlife in Zimbabwe, 59 black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis) and 12 white rhinoceros (Ceratotherium simum simum) were captured using a combination of etorphine hydrochloride and hyosine hydrobromide. Two stategies were employed when releasing the rhino in Hwange National Park and the Matetsi Safari Area, and the success of the translocations was monitored over a 15-month period. First the animals were kept in holding pens for up to 2 weeks prior to being released, and secondly the animals were released directly on arrival at the release site. Four white rhino died, and those held in pens prior to release proved difficult to get to feed. In contrast, animals released directly on arrival appeared unperturbed and commenced feeding immediately. In both instances, however, the eight rhino that survived moved about extensively in the Matetsi Safari Area before settling down. Black rhino were relatively easy to manage and took readily to feeding in holding pens. Three rhino were lost in the operation, 6 were exported, 4 were released in the Matetsi Safari Area, and 46 were released in Hwange National Park. It was found that the rhino were likely to move extensively or settle down in close proximity to the release site irrespective of whether they were penned or not. This response may be related to the creation of unusually high densities following mass release, and it is suggested that this should be avoided where large translocations are involved. It is concluded that little advantage is gained by holding black or white rhino in pens prior to release. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1980's immobilization success.
LOCATION: 3113 MAM
431. Booth, V.R., M.A. Jones, and N.E. Morris. 1984. Black and white rhino introductions in North-west Zimbabwe. Oryx 18:237-240.
ABSTRACT: In 1975, six black rhinos (Diceros bicornis) under pressure from expanding human population were captured in the Siabuwa, Zimbabwe and released at Saminungu in the Zambezi National Park. In addition, 10 white rhinos (Ceratotherium simum), 5 each from Matopos and Kyle National Parks, were translocated to Matetsi. Both black and white rhino traveled widely and have become established. The population of both species has increased by reproduction and especially by immigration from adjacent rhino populations. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1970's 1980's conservation mortality survival transport.
LOCATION: 2411 MAM
432. Booth, W. 1988. Reintroducing a political animal. Science 241:156-158.
ABSTRACT: The Fish and Wildlife Service Recovery Plan for the sea otter (Enhydra lutris) calls for the establishment of a second California population as a hedge against devastation by a possible oil spill. Sixty-three sea otters have been moved from their current range between Santa Cruz and San Luis Obispo along the mainland to San Nicolas Island. Less than one-quarter of the translocated otters remain on the island. Half of the otters have disappeared, and older, stronger individuals have swum 200 miles back to the mainland. The Fish and Wildlife Service plans to translocate up to 70 more otters to the island. The fishing industry opposes the translocations, and as a compromise, the California coast south of Point Conception has been designated a "No Otter Zone". Otters found in this zone will be captured and returned to San Nicolas Island or the mainland population. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's philosophy policy movements.
LOCATION: 2996 (1219) MAM
433. Borner, M. 1988. Translocation of seven mammal species to Rubondo Island National Park in Tanzania. Pages 117-122 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: Rubondo National Park is a densely forested island of 240 km2 in Lake Victoria, northwest of Mwanza, Tanzania. Since 1964, 16 black rhinoceroses (Diceros bicornis), 12 giraffes (Giraffa camelopardalis), 5 roan antelopes (Hippotragus equinus), 14 suni antelopes (Nesotragus moschatus), 17 chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes), 25 colobus monkeys (Colobus abyssinicus), and 6 African elephants (Loxodonta africana) have been introduced. Although there is no available data on suni antelope survival, all other species have increased in numbers. The black rhinoceroses, chimpanzees, colobus monkeys, and elephants have all done well, despite some poaching. The giraffes and roan antelopes have reproduced, but these species have suffered from marginal habitat and poaching. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Cercopithecidae Elephantidae Giraffidae Pongidae Rhinocerotidae 1960's 1970's.
LOCATION: 3112 MAM
434. Bouman-Heinsdijk, I. 1982. Is re-introduction of Przewalski horses into the wild an realistic idea? Pages 177-220 in Bouman, J., I. Bouman, and A. Groeneveld, eds. Breeding Przewalski horses in captivity for release into the wild. Found. Preservation and Prot. Przewalski Horse, Rotterdam, Netherlands. ABSTRACT: A plea is made for the creation of various semi-reserves, where in spacious territories and with a minimum of human intervention breeding groups of Przewalski horses consisting of all the blood lines can be kept. Because it is to be expected that the population in captivity will double itself in the course of the next 5 to 10 years, a reception of a part of the future extra 400 animals in semi-reserves is more suitable than in the already existing collections in zoos and wild parks. The breeding in semi-reserves under the authority of the IUCN offers possibilities of a planned breeding policy aiming at an increase of the number of little inbred horses which have a broad genetic variation. The descendants of these stud groups can then form a collection of horses possessing not only the right genetic basis but also the right social development offering them a good chance of surviving when being released into the wild. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Equidae Mongolia review paper habitat reintroduction Equus przewalskii
LOCATION: 2923 MAM
435. Boyer, D.A., and R.D. Brown. 1988. A survey of translocations of mammals in the United States 1985. Pages 1-11 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: A five page questionnaire was mailed to all 50 state wildlife agencies in the United States to survey the translocation of mammals during calendar year 1985. Forty-five states (90%) responded, and of those, 29 (64%) had translocated mammals during 1985. Twenty-four (56%) translocated native game species, five (12%) translocated nongame species, none translocated exotic (nonnative) species, and five (12%) translocated endangered species. Nineteen states (43%) reported that private groups had translocated mammals within their states. The most popular species, by number of states translocating, were bears (Ursidae), white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus), elk (Cervus elaphus), bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis), raccoons (Procyon lotor), river otters (Lutra canadensis), moose (Alces alces), mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus), beavers (Castor canadensis), and pronghorns (Antilocapra americana). Only four states propagated animals for release. Thirty-one (69%) state agencies projected no change in future level of translocation activity, nine (20%) projected an increase in activity, two (4%) projected increases for some groups of mammals and decreases for others, and three (7%) projected a decrease. State regulations, reasons for and against translocations, and problems encountered are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Capture survey 1980's.
LOCATION: 3111 MAM
436. Bradley, W.P. 1982. History, ecology, and management of an introduced wapiti population in Mount Rainier National Park, Washington. Ph.D. Diss. Univ. of Washington, Seattle. 293pp.
ABSTRACT: This dissertation reports the results of a study conducted from 1973-1977 to assess the ecological role of wapiti in Mount Rainier National Park, with particular reference to the subalpine zone. Wapiti were not native to Mount Rainier. The present population stems from an introduced subspecies not native to western Washington. Wapiti now occupy the entire Eastern half of the Park. Summering populations numbered between 1300-1600 wapiti in 1976 and the population is increasing. Two separate herds utilizing the Park were identified. Wapiti were not permanent residents and migrated to lower winter ranges outside Park boundaries. Utilization of the subalpine zone and food habits are discussed. Impact of wapiti on subalpine systems was studied through a simulation technique. Simulated impact significantly reduced vegetative cover in different areas of use and with different frequencies of use. Greatest impact occurred in the first year of treatment. Forbs were the most significantly affected forage class. Species and size differences in response to simulated foraging and trampling were noted. Summer herd composition averaged 32 males per 100 females per 44 calves during the study. Group size, age composition, and mortality are discussed. Total annual mortality rates approximated 37% for males and 19% for females older than one year of age. Sport hunting was shown to have little effect as a population regulation mechanism. Characteristics of the hunter population are discussed. Management alternatives and recommendations suggest an inter-agency approach to herd management. Initial success in this area is described. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2774 MAM
437. Breen, P.A., T.A. Carson, J.B. Foster, and E.A. Stewart. 1982. Changes in subtidal community structure associated with British Columbia sea otter transplants. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 7: 13-20.
ABSTRACT: Sea otters Enhydra lutris were re-introduced into the coastal waters of British Columbia, Canada, in 1969-1972, after being hunted to extinction in the previous two centuries. In 1979, an area was visited where 55 individuals had been seen in 1978; subtidal observations were made of the abundance and distribution of red sea urchins, other grazers and kelps. Earlier observations, made in the area before sea otters were re-introduced, confirmed that changes had taken place in subtidal communities since the re-introduction. Where sea otters had been observed feeding, sea urchins Strongylocentrotus franciscanus were scarce and restricted to crevices or beneath boulders, other grazers were scarce, and kelps colonized the bottom to 10 m depths. The algal communities in these areas appeared to be simple downward extensions of sublittoral fringe communities. Where sea otters had not fed, kelps were limited to shallow water by abundant sea urchins. The observed differences between the two types of areas were caused by early elimination of sea urchins by sea otters, as reported in Alaska and California. From the pattern of sea urchin abundance in the general area of the transplant, the feeding range of this small population of sea otters was delineated. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1970's reintroduction dispersal.
LOCATION: 2707 MAM
438. Brown, M.K., and G.R. Parsons. 1983. Movement of a male fisher in southern New York. N.Y. Fish and Game J. 30:114-115.
ABSTRACT: A male fisher who had been wild trapped in Vermont and housed at the University of Vermont was released in May 1977 in Ulster County, New York. In March 1978, it was recaptured in New Jersey some 85 miles from the release site. The animal was immediately returned to New York and released again at the original site. In April 1979, it was shot in southeastern Pennsylvania, 102 miles from the release site. These movements may not be typical of trapped and transferred fishers, as fishers have been more commonly recovered from 2.5 miles to 23.5 miles from their release sites. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Martes pennanti dispersal 1970's
LOCATION: 3191 MAM
439. Brownell, R.L., Jr. 1988. California sea otter translocation. Conserv. Biol. 2:11.
ABSTRACT: In August 1987 the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service began capturing California sea otters for reintroduction into other parts of the population's historical range. Approximately 70 otters will be captured from the existing population along the central California coastline and released at San Nicolas Island off the coast of southern California. The Service expects that these animals will establish themselves at the island and become the founding members of a new breeding colony. Blood and tissue samples are being collected from each animal translocated and the Service will attempt to follow genetic lineages, using molecular genetics techniques, as the population grows. The Service has also collected 8 years of baseline data on the macroinvertebrate and macroalgal populations in the nearshore (including commercially harvested species) community and plans to monitor the effect of the introduced otters on this community. (AA) Reprinted by permission of the Society of Conservation Biology and Blackwell Scientific Publications, Inc.
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Mustelidae Enhydra lutris 1980's.
LOCATION: 3189 MAM
440. Buchalczyk, T. 1980. The brown bear in Poland. Bear Biol. Assoc. Conf. 3:229-232.
ABSTRACT: In early times, the brown bear (Ursus arctos L.) was preserved by law for royal hunts and occurred in large numbers in the extensive forests of Poland. From the 16th century on, its destruction became increasingly intensive, and by the end of World War I, only a few bears were left. Full legal protection was given the bear in 1952. Attempts to reintroduce the bear into the Bialowieza Primeval Forest were halted by World War II. At present, there is a western population (Tatra Mountains) and an eastern population (western Bieszczady Mountains) in Poland. Their combined numbers are estimated to be about 30, with a density of 0.02-0.33 animals per 1,000 ha. Because of increasing human activities and interference in the bear's range, preservation of the bear populations will soon require the establishment of extensive and less disturbed areas in which the brown bear can live in comparative security. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Ursidae 1970's historical account reintroduction status.
LOCATION: 2933 MAM
441. Butts, T.W. 1980. Population characteristics, movements and distribution patterns of the Upper Rock Creek bighorn sheep. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.115-140. ABSTRACT: A 1975 re-introduction of 31 bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) to the Upper Rock Creek, Montana drainage was studied from April 1977 to mid-August 1978. Data from 257 observations of groups with marked and unmarked sheep provided information on population size, sex and age composition, group size, group fidelity, seasonal key use areas, home range size, and movements. The population had increased to approximately 100 by June 1978. Mortality was very low. Mean group size was 10.2. Lamb/ewe ratios were between 70 and 80 lambs per 100 ewes both years. Eight of 10 2-year-old ewes had lambs in 1977. The sheep were expanding their range yearly. Ram summer range was 11 km from the winter range in 1977; at least 17 in 1978. Most ewes lambed 4-6 km from the winter range though a small contingent migrated 16 km to lamb. Seasonal mean standard diameters for collared ewes ranged from 0.35 km during lambing, 1978, to 1.9 km after lambing, 1978. Group fidelity was highest during lambing. Mean seasonal cohesion coefficients for collared ewes ranged from 0.11 to 0.35. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's translocation.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
442. Caldecott, J., and M. Kavanagh. 1984. Can translocation help wild primates? Oryx 17:135-139.
ABSTRACT: The paper discusses some aspects of the use of translocation in the conservation and other management of non-human primates. It outlines problems (i.e., use of resources, local permission, capture, release, ecological disruption, long term protection) and suggests solutions. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Methodology dispersal.
LOCATION: 2486 MAM
443. Caldecott, J.O., and M. Kavanagh. 1983. Guidelines for the use of translocation in the management of wild primate populations. Primate Eye 20:20-26.
ABSTRACT: In this paper, we examine briefly some aspects of the use of translocation in the conservation and other management of non-human primates. Despite its superficial attractiveness, this technique is fraught with risks, and it is our aim to draw the attention of anyone contemplating a translocation programme to these risks and to suggest how they may be reduced or overcome. These guidelines were prepared at the request of the Conservation Working Party of the Primate Society of Great Britain and carry their endorsement. (AI)
KEY WORDS: Techniques capture transport release hunting protection finance.
LOCATION: 2781 MAM
444. Caldecott, J.O., and M. Kavanagh. 1988. Strategic guidelines for nonhuman primate translocation. Pages 64-75 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: Translocation of animals often seems appealing and may be attempted for conservation, educational, commercial, scientific, or compassionate reasons. Close examination of the actual and potential problems involved, however, casts doubt on the real value of translocation in many cases. Such problems may revolve around the following factors: cost, capture, transport, release, health, habitat carrying capacity, hunting, hybridization, social disruption of residents, and ecological disruption by translocated animals. It is argued that translocation should not be attempted except for (1) the reintroduction of a rare species to its former habitat if such species has been eliminated or reduced to nonviable numbers, provided that it can be guaranteed long-term protection; or (2) the translocation of animals to areas where they will not come into contact with a viable population of conspecifics and where the recipient ecological community is of no particular conservation interest. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cercopithecidae Pongidae Cercopithecus aethiops, Gorilla gorilla, Macaca spp., Pan troglodytes, Papio spp. baboon chimpanzee gorilla macaque vervet.
LOCATION: 3110 MAM
445. Calef, G.W. 1984. Population growth in an introduced herd of wood bison (Bison bison athabascae). Pages 183-200 in R. Olson, R. Hastings, and F. Geddes, eds. Northern ecology and resource management: memorial essays honouring Don Gill. Univ. Alberta Press, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.
ABSTRACT: In August 1963, 18 bison were transplanted from Wood Buffalo National Park to the Mackenzie Bison Sanctuary near Great Sanctuary near Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories. The animals were considered a pure strain of the wood bison (Bison bison athabascae) and were believed to be free of disease. The transplant was undertaken to preserve the wood bison genotype in the wild from loss through hybridization with plains bison (B. b. bison), which were introduced into the park between 1925 and 1928. The transplanted population of wood bison grew at an almost constant rate of 26% per year according to the growth equation Y - 17.28e0.223X, (r2 = .99), and numbered at least 560 animals in April 1979. The observed rate of increase ri = 0.233) is believed to be the maximum rate of increase (rmax) for bison under the natural conditions prevailing in the southwestern Northwest Territories, the environment from which the holotype of this subspecies was collected. The growth rate of the introduced population was much higher than has been observed for other bison populations in the Slave River region, primarily because of a low mortality rate. The high survival rate (greater than 95% in both calves and adults) in the Mackenzie Sanctuary bison population was attributed to a low incidence of disease and predation. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1960's 1970's 1980's genetics.
LOCATION: 2964 MAM
446. Campbell, T.G. 1984. A report on the reintroduction of bighorn sheep onto the Naval Weapons Center China Lake, California. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.55-56.
ABSTRACT: At this time it appears that efforts to reintroduce the sheep into the Eagle Crags Mountains will be successful. Eight adults, seven subadults, and two to three lambs are located within 6 miles of the release site. Two other individuals are regularly located on nearby peaks. It is hoped that a few of the males off exploring nearby mountain ranges will return during this year's rutting season to supplement the two groups remaining near the release site. With the onset of summer, many of the ephemeral springs, now flowing, will dry up. Sheep movement should become more restricted and predictable. This should allow for more definitive studies to be conducted. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's Ovis canadensis
LOCATION: 3021 MAM
447. Carbyn, L.N. 1986. Some observations on the behavior of swift foxes in reintroduction programs within the Canadian prairies. Alberta Nat. 16:37-41.
ABSTRACT: Behavioral observations of two male swift foxes (Vulpes velox) being transported from Cochrane, Alberta to Consul, Saskatchewan 10-12 March 1985 revealed distinct "personalities". Implications for behavioral attributes having varying degrees of survival value are discussed. A reintroduction program that will enhance biological diversity is recommended. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's captive genetics.
LOCATION: 260 MAM
448. Carney, D.W. and M.R. Vaughan. 1987. Survival of introduced black bear cubs in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia. Int. Conf. Bear Res. Manage. 7:83-85.
ABSTRACT: During a radiotelemetry study of black bears in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia from 1982 to 1985, several denning females abandoned their cubs when researchers attempted to immobilize them. Seven abandoned cubs (6 females, 1 male) were introduced to eight foster mothers. Only one introduced cub was known to be rejected, and another foster mother lost her radio collar before emergence so the outcome of that introduction was unknown. Of the five successfully fostered cubs, three were placed in tree dens and 2 were placed in ground dens. The verifiable survival rate of introduced cubs was only 20%, but causes of mortality were unknown. Since all foster mothers had previously raised cubs, and were therefore experienced mothers, poor nutrition may have been the leading cause of mortality. Although this fostering technique could prove useful for boosting populations of threatened or endangered bears, the authors recommend caution when introducing cubs to foster mothers in poor or marginal habitat. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Ursidae 1980's fostering nutrition Ursus americanus
LOCATION: 3186 MAM
449. Chapman, F.B. 1956. Some behavior characteristics of mammals useful in management. J. Wildl. Manage. 20:293-297.
ABSTRACT: Mammals propagated in an enclosure tend to develop an affinity for their immediate surroundings and therefore, upon release, exhibit a slow dispersal rate. This behavior characteristic may be used as a technique for local restoration of a species. A herd of white-tailed deer was established through use of a seminatural propagation enclosure at the Roosevelt Game Preserve in Ohio. Seminatural propagation of rabbits in public hunting areas was suggested. This propagation approach could be effective in restoring declining mammal populations. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Reintroductions technique.
LOCATION: 2511 MAM
450. Clark, B. 1983. Israel restores Asiatic wild ass. Oryx 17:113.
ABSTRACT: In April 1982 Israeli conservationists released a test herd of Asiatic wild ass Equus hemionus into the central Negev Desert basin of Makhtesh Ramoln as the first step in restoring this species into the wild. The five males are being closely monitored to determine how well they adjust to their freedom and if no serious problems are encountered, they will be joined by females. (AI)
KEY WORDS: Equidae 1980's reintroduction.
LOCATION: 2691 MAM
451. Clark, B. 1987. The white oryx antelope. Israel Land Nat. 13:60-64.
ABSTRACT: The white oryx antelope (Oryx leucoryx) has been exterminated on the Arabian Peninsula since 1973. In May 1978, four pairs of white oryx from the World Herd were transported from Los Angeles to the Hai-Bar reserve near Yotvatah in Israel. One year later, three more males were added. The 12 km2 reserve is fenced, and the oryx are maintained under semi-captive conditions. When the population reaches about 50 animals, the oryx will likely be reintroduced in Makhtesh Ramon. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's 1980's desert adaptations.
LOCATION: 2808 MAM
452. Clark, T.W. 1967. Habitat selection by transplanted mule deer in northwestern Oklahoma. M.S. Thesis. Oklahoma State Univ., Stillwater. 45pp.
ABSTRACT: During 1965, 65 mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus hemionus) from northwestern Colorado were transplanted to four areas in northwestern Oklahoma to determine seasonal habitat selection of the transplanted deer. Five months post-release, none of the deer could be located within the release area; therefore, ecological factors characteristic of mule deer habitat were measured on a type area in Oklahoma and compared to the transplant area. No evidence that mule deer associated with the vegetation type characteristic of the release area was found. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1960's.
LOCATION: 133 MAM
453. Clark, T.W. 1986. Some guidelines for management of the black-footed ferret. Great Basin Nat. Mem. 8:160-168.
ABSTRACT: Management guidelines are specified for monitoring and protecting the Meeteetse black-footed ferret (Mustela nigripes) population and habitat and for dealing with a series of special management considerations. The Meeteetse ferret population and habitat status are summarized as background. An annual management schedule is outlined, including methods and sources of existing baseline data with which to compare future results. The public support and organizational arrangements needed for successful overall management and recovery of the species are briefly discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Wyoming 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 2959 MAM
454. Clark, T.W. 1987. Black-footed ferret recovery a progress report. Conserv. Biol. 1:8-11.
ABSTRACT: Black-footed ferrets (Mustela nigripes) have been the unintentional victims of agricultural poisoning in North America. The only population of ferrets known to exist in the wild is in Meeteetse, Wyoming. Individuals have been captured for captive breeding by the Wyoming Fish and Game Department. Six black-footed ferrets were captured in October 1985, but all died of canine distemper. Six more were captured in November 1985, but failed to breed in 1986. Eleven of the 14 ferrets sighted in the wild in the summer of 1986 were captured. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service has conducted radio-tagging and habitat studies on the Meeteetse population. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae endangered species genetics population model transplant sites.
LOCATION: 2809 MAM
455. Clark, T.W., J. Grenstein, M. Gorges, R. Crete, and J. Gill. 1987. Analysis of black-footed ferret translocation sites in Montana. Prairie Nat. 19:43-56.
ABSTRACT: Recovery of the critically endangered black-footed ferret (Mustela nigripes) requires establishing several secure populations over a multistate area. Eastern Montana was searched (1982-1986) for remnant ferret populations and for potential transplant sites (i.e., black-tailed prairie dog, Cynomys spp. colonies). No live ferrets were seen, but skeletal remains of three ferrets were found. Eight major "complexes," or clusters of colonies, totaling 13,412 ha in 179 colonies, were examined and described. Using a habitat suitability index model, they were compared to each other and to the Meeteetse, Wyoming, and Mellette County, South Dakota, ferret/prairie dog areas. Five of the complexes represented high quality potential ferret habitat, while the other three were of intermediate value. The largest complex was 53 colonies, 3147 ha, mean colony size 59 ha. The "habitat patch" and "metapopulation" concepts are discussed in terms of ferret recovery and management. Multiple use land management in ferret reintroduction areas is expected to continue. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's historical account.
LOCATION: 3075 MAM
456. Clark, W.E. 1978. Capturing and translocating Tule elk in California. Cal-Neva Wildl. Trans., pp.74-78.
ABSTRACT: The annual Tule elk census in Owens Valley revealed that there were approximately 90 surplus animals. The decision to chemically immobilize, capture, and translocate the surplus animals was made. During November and December 1977, the largest Tule elk immobilization and translocation operation ever attempted was successfully accomplished by California Department of Fish and Game personnel. By shooting the animals from the open door of a Jet-Ranger helicopter with drug-filled darts, 72 Tule elk were chemically immobilized. Sixty-two elk were transported in horse trailers for a distance of approximately 350 miles to two holding corrals in the bay area. Of the remaining ten Tule elk immobilized, seven were radio-telemetry collared and/or ear-tagged and released in the Owens Valley. Three elk died of capture-related problems. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 3027 MAM
457. Coggins, V.L. 1980. Present status of Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep in northeast Oregon. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.90-104.
ABSTRACT: In 1971, after an absence of nearly 25 years, two groups of 20 Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) were re-introduced into northeast Oregon from Jasper Park, Alberta. The Snake River transplant failed and the sheep had disappeared by 1973. The Lostine River transplant succeeded and numbered over 100 animals in June 1979. These bighorns established a migratory tradition within the Wallowa Mountains, wintering on the lower Lostine River drainage and summering in alpine habitat on Hurricane Divide. The winter range is limited in size and currently supports about one sheep per 18 acres. Fourteen mature rams were harvested from this herd in 1978 and 1979 and 34 sheep have been trapped and relocated to upper Hells Canyon of the Snake River. A transplant to the Bear Creek drainage, 7 air-miles west of the Lostine River, failed because the animals returned to their original range. Fifteen bighorns from the Salmon River, Idaho, were released in January 1979 on the lower Imnaha River drainage. Future transplant plans are discussed. The Oregon population of Rocky Mountain bighorns is estimated at 125 animals. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's trapping.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
458. Cohn, J.P. 1987. Red wolf in the wilderness. Bioscience 37:313-316.
ABSTRACT: In 1972, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service adopted a recovery plan for the red wolf (Canis rufus), an endangered species since 1967. Wolves were trapped between 1973 and 1980 and taken into captivity for breeding. Four pairs of red wolves were penned on the Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge, North Carolina, in November 1986, and a May 1987 release is planned. The wolves will be radio-collared and their movements monitored. Plans call for two additional wolf pairs to be placed in pens in October 1987 and released the following spring. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's genetics hybridization.
LOCATION: 2842 MAM
459. Collinson, R.F., and J.L. Anderson. 1984. Problems, principles and policy in the reintroduction of large mammals in conservation areas. Acta Zool. Fenn. 172:169-170.
ABSTRACT: The reintroduction of large mammals in conservation areas is discussed mainly on the basis of experience gained in Pilanesberg, a game reserve that is being restored to as natural a condition as possible. A generally applicable series of questions which should be answered before rating the relative suitability for introducing a species is given. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Equidae Felidae South Africa.
LOCATION: 2615 MAM
460. Conway, A.J., and P.S. Goodman. 1989. Population characteristics and management of black rhinoceros Diceros bicornis minor and white rhinoceros Ceratotherium simum simum in Ndumu Game Reserve, South Africa. Biol. Conserv. 47: 109-122.
ABSTRACT: The population sizes, sex and age structures, home range sizes and overlap were determined for black rhinoceros Diceros bicornis minor and white rhinoceros Ceratotherium simum simum in Ndumu Game Reserve by repeated sighting of known individuals and groups. The black rhino population in June 1986 was estimated to be 42, of which 10% were juveniles and with an adult sex ratio not differing significantly from parity. Their home range varied between 4.3 km2 for a mixed group of animals and 13.8 km2 for an adult female with calf. Home range overlap varied from 12 to 80%. The white rhinoceros population in June 1986 was estimated to consist of 57 animals of which 14% were juveniles. Adult sex ratio did not differ significantly from parity. Home range size varied from 2.5 to 22.9 km2 and overlapped extensively for both sexes. Both populations of rhino in Ndumu are below the proposed minimum effective population size of 50. Consequently, for both species we recommend that in conjunction with the sustained removal of animals from the population, individuals from the parent populations should be periodically introduced into the reserve to increase the effective population size. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1960's 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2727 MAM
461. Cop, J. 1977. The results of lynx (Lynx lynx) introductions into Kocevsko, Slovenia, Yugoslavia. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 13:372-376.
ABSTRACT: In March 1972, six lynx were released from quarantine in the region of Kocevsko, Slovenia, in a sex ratio 1:1. The specimens were wild-trapped in Slovakia (Czechoslovakia). In Yugoslavia, the only remnant population of the lynx exists in Macedonia about 1,000 km south from the place of the recent introduction. The last specimen of lynx was captured in Slovenia in 1908. The hunting grounds of Kocevsko represent the ideal biotope for this species. The results gained during 4 years of observation are presented. The lynx ranged within an area of about 60,000 ha and reached a total estimated at 20 to 25 individuals. Immediately after release, mating took place and in the following period 18 cubs were observed. In 1976, females born in Kocevsko had also mated. In 1976, a female was observed with three cubs, two females with two, and two females with one cub. Game killed by the lynx included red deer (Cervus), roe deer (Capreolus), fallow deer (Sika), wild boar (Sus), hare (Lepus), and badger (Meles). Only a few kills were found because the rough karst terrain rendered traces very difficult to follow. Fear about introduction of lynx was present in the people and in the hunters as a result of misunderstanding of the role of predacious animals in the ecosystem. All direct encounters have, so far, resulted in an immediate retreat of the lynx, even when the female was followed by her young. The results obtained proved that the introduction of lynx was successful and that their range is extending in parallel with their increase in number into areas where they were resident 100 years ago. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Felidae 1970's trapping.
LOCATION: 3115 MAM
462. Creeden, P.J., and J.L. Schmidt. 1983. The Colorado desert bighorn introduction project. A status report. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.34-36.
ABSTRACT: Three transplants involving a total of 36 desert bighorn have been made in western Colorado since 1979. Twenty-five sheep have been radio-collared and all three releases have been closely monitored. Reproduction resulted in 1 lamb in 1980, 7 in 1981, and 10 lambs in 1982. All 10 lambs produced in 1982 were believed to be alive through August when intensive research ceased. Five of eight lambs born in 1980 and 1981 were recruited into the 1+ age class. Sixteen mortalities have been recorded since the initial release. The known active lamb:ewe:ram ratio is currently 10:14:10. Early interactions with established sheep and formation of groups soon after release were important in limiting individual exploration of the 1981 transplant group. The herd presently occupies approximately 125 km2 of the canyonlands of the Colorado River in and around Colorado National Monument. Water availability does not appear to be a critical problem for the herd. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis mexicana Ovis canadensis nelsoni 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3252 MAM
463. Daly, R.H. 1988. The early stages of re-introduction of the Arabian oryx in Oman. Pages 14-17 in A. Dixon and D. Jones, eds. Conservation and biology of desert antelopes. Christopher Helm Ltd., London.
ABSTRACT: The last Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) in Oman was killed in 1972. In 1974, plans were underway to reestablish oryx in the wild. The first oryx arrived in Oman in March 1980. Three groups of animals of different sexes and ages were integrated over 2 years in a 1 km2 enclosure and then released. Eight years post-release, 34 Arabian oryx exist in the wild in Oman. The Royal Society for the Conservation of Nature in Jordan and the North American Oryx Breeders have agreed to supply more oryx to Oman. The project hopes to eventually establish 200-300 wild oryx in the central desert of Oman. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2681 MAM
464. Danielson, B.J., and M.S. Gaines. 1987. The influences of conspecific and heterospecific residents on colonization. Ecology 68:1778-1784.
ABSTRACT: To determine if dispersing prairie voles, Microtus ochrogaster, are prevented from establishing home ranges in habitat already occupied by conspecifics or potentially competitive species, voles were introduced into enclosed populations of the same species; southern bog lemmings, Synaptomys cooperi; cotton rats, Sigmodon hispidus; or an empty enclosure. The results indicated that colonization by dispersing voles was negatively affected by resident conspecifics. Introduced females were more strongly affected than males during the vegetative growing season but not during the nongrowing season when reproductive activity is typically low. Resident bog lemmings also negatively affected colonization by dispersing voles. However, both sexes of introduced voles were similarly affected in both seasons. There was no evidence of postcolonization competitive effects, suggesting that interspecific competition does not occur between established resident individuals. Cotton rats, which have only recently become part of the small mammal community in Kansas, did not adversely affect colonization by dispersing voles or have adverse post-colonization effects on their survival and reproduction. The ability of residents to inhibit colonization by another species may facilitate the coexistence of M. ochrogaster and Synaptomys cooperi by retarding the competitive exclusion of either species until annual fluctuations in reproduction and density create an abundance of suitable but unoccupied space. This type of coexistence is similar to the storage effect in lottery models of competitive coexistence. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Introduction.
LOCATION: 3118 MAM
465. Dauphine, T.C., Jr. 1975. The disappearance of caribou reintroduced to Cape Breton Highlands National Park. Can. Field Nat. 89:299-310.
ABSTRACT: Fifty-one wild caribou (Rangifer tarandus caribou) from Quebec were released in Cape Breton Highlands National Park, Nova Scotia, in 1968 and 1969. The herd was sighted frequently in and near the park for about 1 year; it then declined and finally disappeared by the summer of 1972. An aerial and ground search in March 1973 revealed that the caribou were not present on range they had occupied previously, and they could not be located in other parts of northern Cape Breton Island which offered suitable habitat. Observations made before the disappearance indicate that the caribou did not disperse, but instead remained near their release site, making short seasonal movements between local habitats. Reproduction occurred. There is no evidence of starvation, poaching, or predation. The herd may have succumbed to neurological disease caused by the meningeal worm Parelaphostrongylus tenuis which parasitizes white-tailed deer of the region; during the decline, three caribou were observed with signs like those of neurological disease. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1960's 1970's reintroduction historical account mortality dispersal disease.
LOCATION: 2922 MAM
466. Davis, M.H. 1983. Post-release movements of introduced marten. J. Wildl. Manage. 47:59-66.
ABSTRACT: The U.S. Forest Service and the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources released 124 marten (Martes americana) (97 males, 27 females) into the Fisher Management Unit (FMU) of the Nicolet National Forest between 26 January 1975 and 3 April 1976. Nine male and 12 female marten were radio-collared to evaluate: (1) effects of two release methods, (2) release movements, and (3) reproduction. Post-release movements for the 30-day period after release were significantly less for gentle-release (G-R) than for quick-release (Q-R) radio-collared marten. The G-R marten were held for a minimum of 1 week in pens placed throughout the FMU; Q-R marten were released directly from shipping containers. Six radio-collared marten moved out of the FMU by June 1976; maximum straight line movement in a 24-hour period was 22.0 km. Home range estimates for two females were 8.2 (N = 170) and 7.7 km2 (N = 12). No evidence of reproduction was documented. Marten are easily live-trapped and transported to parts of their former range provided accepted animal husbandry practices are followed. (AA) Copyright 1983 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1970's telemetry.
LOCATION: 2408 MAM
467. Davis, R., and D.E. Brown. 1988. Documentation of the transplanting of Abert's squirrels. Southwest. Nat. 33:490-492. ABSTRACT: Knowledge regarding transplant efforts is essential to evaluate biogeographic, systematic, or other evolutionary studies. Beginning in the 1930's, Abert's squirrels Sciurus aberti were transplanted throughout much of the southwestern United States, and complete records of these transplants exist. A summary of 14 squirrel transplant efforts is given, as well as the current status of these human-assisted populations. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae Arizona New Mexico Utah history
LOCATION: 2610 MAM
468. Delroy, L.B., J. Earl, A.C. Radbone, A.C. Robinson, and M. Hewett. 1986. The breeding and re-establishment of the brush-tailed bettong, Bettongia penicillata, in South Australia. Aust. Wildl. Res. 13:387-396.
ABSTRACT: The brush-tailed bettong formerly ranged over much of southern Australia, but is now extinct except in the south-west of Western Australia and northern Queensland. A small colony was obtained from the Perth Zoo in 1975 and these were bred successfully at the Para Wirra Recreation Park near Adelaide and provided stock for a re-establishment program in South Australia. Details of the breeding program are given. Bettongs were kept in small colonies, usually one male and two or three females; the young were removed when they reached 550 g or, with very intensive breeding, at a lower weight. The animals were fed principally on commercial kangaroo pellets with a range of supplements. Usually two offspring per year were produced although up to three were produced with intensive breeding. Females commenced breeding when approximately 4 months old. Techniques for re-establishment were tested on small islands. One island, Island A in Venus Bay, provided apparently ideal habitat and the captive-bred stock released there established quickly. Bettongs bred in the wild on two small and two small and two large islands. However, the introduction to St. Francis I., their last stronghold before extinction in South Australia, was least successful. Possible reasons for this are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Potoroidae 1970's 1980's captive breeding.
LOCATION: 2884 MAM
469. Deming, O.V. 1961. Bighorn sheep transplants at the Hart Mountain National Antelope Refuge. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.56-67.
ABSTRACT: California bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis californiana) were exterminated from Hart Mountain in southeastern Oregon around 1900. Two transplant attempts have been made in an effort to reestablish the species. In 1939, 23 Rocky Mountain bighorns (O. c. canadensis) from the National Bison Range in Montana were released on the west side of Hart Mountain. The transferred animals were in poor health, and six sheep died soon after release. The sheep wandered extensively, and reproduction appeared to be low. The last documented sighting was of a lone ram on Poison Creek in 1947. In 1954, 28 sheep were trapped in British Columbia. Eight died during loading or transit; the remainder were released into a 34 acre holding pasture on Hart Mountain. They were released into a 626 acre pasture the following year. Lambing was first observed in April 1955. During 1954-1961, the herd grew to at least 70 sheep. There have been 11 known losses (4 ewes, 3 rams, 4 lambs) during the same period. Releases have been made outside the pen on Hart Mountain and on the Steens Mountains. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1930's 1950's historical account movements planning trapping.
LOCATION: 2958 MAM
470. de Vos, J.C., Jr. 1982. Preliminary report on four free releases of desert bighorn in Arizona. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.111-112.
ABSTRACT: Four free releases of desert bighorn sheep were conducted during the fall of 1981. Two releases were in northwestern Arizona, consisting of a total of 41 Ovis canadensis nelsoni. Two releases, one of which was a supplement, were in the southeastern portion of the state, consisting of 26 O. c. mexicana. Sheep were captured from a helicopter, transported and held in a temporary holding facility up to 12 hours. In general, ewes have moved short distances from the release site and appear to have established use areas. Rams have moved greater distances, but also are staying in the areas of the release site. Considerable herd interchange within releases have occurred. Lambing has occurred in all of the transplants. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3251 MAM
471. de Vos, J.C., Jr. and R. Remington. 1981. A summary of capture efforts in Arizona since 1977. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.57-59.
ABSTRACT: Arizona Game and Fish Department has initiated an aggressive transplant program which required developing a cost effective, low mortality capture technique. A method using Etorphine (M-99) and a tranquilizer injected by means of Palmer Cap-Chur equipment fired from a helicopter was developed in 1971. This method was modified into the technique described within. This technique was used to capture 165 desert bighorn in Arizona since 1977. Five of these animals have died as a direct result of capture operations. Necropsies showed the cause of death in most cases to be hyperthermia. No animals have shown symptoms of capture myopathy. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis 1970's methodology.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
472. de Vos, J.C., W. Ough, D. Taylor, R. Miller, S. Walchuk, and R. Remington. 1981. Evaluation of a desert bighorn release. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.29-30.
ABSTRACT: Twenty (7 rams, 13 ewes) desert bighorn were captured and transported from the Kofa National Wildlife Refuge and the Plomosa Mountains on November 10 and 11, 1980. The bighorn were released after being held in a temporary holding facility overnight. Ewes have since moved short distances from the release site and appear to have established use areas. Rams have moved greater distances, but also appear to be staying in the general vicinity of the release site. Only one ram had departed from this pattern and on March 31, 1981 was several miles to the west of the release site. A minimum of six lambs were born in the release site during the spring of 1981. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis mexicana Ovis canadensis nelsoni Arizona 1980's reproduction dispersal.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
473. Diehl, S.R. 1988. The translocation of urban white-tailed deer. Pages 239-249 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: The chemical immobilization and translocation of surplus white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) has proven to be a valuable management technique on a small (75 ha) interpretive nature center in southeastern Wisconsin. Deer were immobilized with a remote injection of a combination of ketamine hydrochloride and xylazine hydrochloride. The use of combinations of etorphine hydrochloride and xylazine hydrochloride, while effective, was discontinued due to the dangers of accidental exposure to capture personnel. Deer were transported individually to a release area 25 km from the capture area. Two adult males returned to the capture area. Of 47 deer translocated or eartagged and rereleased, the status of 17 deer was known at time of writing (August 1986). Eight had been killed by hunters. Five were car kills. One deer was euthanized about 400 days after release due to the worsening of an old crippling injury. Three deer were known to be alive. The status of the 30 remaining deer is not known. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1980's chemical immobilization telemetry.
LOCATION: 3109 MAM
474. Dietz, L.A. 1985. Captive-born golden lion tamarins released into the wild: a report from the field. Primate Conserv. 6:21-27.
ABSTRACT: In early May 1984, a family group of eight golden lion tamarins were transported from the Rio de Janeiro Primate Center to a soft-release enclosure in the forests of the Poco das Antas Biological Reserve. The tamarins, born in United States zoos, had been trained to forage like wild tamarins, and were released in late May. Three additional adult pairs were released in July 1984. The original four groups reorganized following the deaths of five animals and social encounters between groups. By November, all released animals appeared to behave similarly to wild tamarins. The first birth from captive born parents was noted in December and twins were born to another pair in February. Currently there are two groups of four reintroduced tamarins in the forest. Three of these were among the original tamarins who arrived from United States zoos, four are their descendants, and one is a local contribution. Another reintroduction was planned for late 1985, and researchers are developing techniques for introducing individual tamarins into family groups. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Brazil 1980's methodology reproduction Leontopithecus rosalia Callitrichidae
LOCATION: 3168 MAM
475. Dodd, N.L. 1983. Ideas and recommendations for maximizing desert bighorn transplant efforts. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.12-16.
ABSTRACT: Follow-up research on desert bighorn (Ovis canadensis mexicana) reintroductions at two areas in Arizona has been ongoing since 1980. Post release movements, mortality and population trends were studied and are reported in detail. Recommendations based on these findings were proposed that may maximize future reintroduction efforts. These recommendations address post release follow-up, mountain lion control, and refinements in transplant procedures that reflect bighorn biology and behavior. Proposed refinements include utilizing direct releases of 2-3 groups of 8-10 sheep, spaced 6-10 km apart, in an attempt to induce dispersed lambing areas. These procedures may increase distribution of transplanted bighorn and allow for increased population growth. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3252 MAM
476. Douglas, C.L., and D.M. Leslie, Jr. 1984. Simulated effect of transplant removal from the River Mountains bighorn herd II. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.26-29.
ABSTRACT: A computer simulation model was developed in 1980 to aid in managing the River Mountains herd, the most heavily harvested herd of desert bighorn in the nation. A series of simulations are presented for different removal strategies in 1984. The simulations demonstrate the importance of reliable population estimates, the major influence of climate and herd density, and the need to develop a long-term management plan for this herd. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Nevada 1980's modelling Ovis canadensis mexicana
LOCATION: 3021 MAM
477. Dragoev, P. 1978. Introduction of game animals in Bulgaria. Congr. Theriol. Int. 2:32.
ABSTRACT: In the past, occasional attempts were made in Bulgaria to introduce and re-introduce various game animals. At present, the problem has become of importance since the question of hunting economy was raised, especially after the liberation of Bulgaria from the Ottoman yoke. The attempts in this respect are divided into two periods, viz., (1) before and (2) after September 9, 1944. During the first period, wapiti, fallow deer, yak, American bison, mouflon, blue hare and rabbit were introduced. Of these, only fallow deer was successfully acclimatized and established. During the second period, coypu, muskrat, mink, European bison, elk, sika deer, mouflon, ibex and argali were introduced. Most of these, except for the coypu, muskrat, mink and elk, became acclimatized and give excellent progeny. Recently the raccoon dog has occurred in many regions of Bulgaria, crossing the Danube from Rumania. Good results were obtained in re-introducing red deer, wild boar and roe deer, the first two species having levelled or even exceeded their normal numbers. Two big game stations, "Sherba" and "Palamara," are engaged in artificial breeding of game animals in Bulgaria. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only 1930's 1940's 1950's 1960's 1970's.
LOCATION: 2820 MAM
478. Dratch, P., and R. Soutar. 1982. Computer simulation as a tool in wolf introduction decisions: the Olympic and Rhum models. Trans. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 14:287-297.
ABSTRACT: Computer models developed for two different study areas to determine the biological feasibility of reintroducing the wolf (Canis lupus) as compared. Olympic National Park, northwest Washington state and the island of Rhum, Inner Hebrides, Scotland were chosen independently as potential wolf reintroduction sites. Wild wolves have not been documented in Scotland since the 1740's and on the Olympic Peninsula since the 1920's. Both areas are presently owned by the respective national governments. Each study modelled predator-prey interactions, recorded the fate of particular wolves, and predicted the effect of wolves on resident ungulate populations. Reintroduced wolves in both models had difficulty maintaining minimum critical numbers. The Olympic simulation predicted that the wolf population would increase slowly and not be a limiting factor on black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus) or wapiti (Cervus canadensis roosevelti). The Rhum simulation predicted a long-term reduction in the number of red deer (Cervus elaphus) and significant changes in herd age structure. Possible management problems were implied in both models, though from different sources. On Rhum these would most likely come from wolf and deer population fluctuations, while on the Olympic Peninsula they could be anticipated from wolf dispersal to private lands. The simulation technique was useful in focussing questions which should precede a reintroduction, and in showing where quantitative data on wolves and their prey are needed. In both cases the public response to the simulations was strong and polarose, often equating the computer model with an actual or imminent wolf reintroduction. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae historical account techniques.
LOCATION: 2998 (1338) MAM
479. Dronzek, L.A., A. Savage, C.T. Snowdon, C.S. Whaling, and T.E. Ziegler. 1986. Technique for hand-rearing and reintroducing rejected cotton-top tamarin (Saguinus oedipus oedipus) infants. Lab. Anim. Sci. 36:243-247.
ABSTRACT: During a one year period, seven rejected cotton-top tamarin infants were hand-reared. A hand-rearing program was developed which included the use of heated surrogates, a non-human primate infant formula, special nipples, and a systematic reintroduction into a family group. This regimen was quite successful. The hand-rearing process yielded a success rate of 75.0%, while the reintroduction process had a success rate of 80.0% for reintroduction into a family group and 100.0% survival rate. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Endangered species surrogate Callitrichidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3007 MAM
480. Dueser, R.D., and K. Terwilliger. 1987. Status of the Delmarva fox squirrel (Sciurus niger cinereus) in Virginia. Va. J. Sci. 38:380-388.
ABSTRACT: The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service recovery plan for the endangered Delmarva fox squirrel (Sciurus niger cinereus) emphasizes the need to re-establish populations throughout the former range, including the Virginia Eastern Shore. Release of 30 squirrels on the Chincoteague National Wildlife Refuge (Accomack County) in 1968-71 gave rise to a self-sustaining population. Habitat conditions (i.e., mature pine forest on a barrier island), however, raise doubts about the long-term security of this population. Release of 24 squirrels at Brownsville Farm (Northampton County) in 1982-83 was less successful. Seven animals remained on the site in 1983, but there have been no recaptures since November 1984. Habitat instability on Chincoteague Refuge and uncertainty about the Brownsville Farm population confirm the need for additional introductions if this subspecies is to become secure in Virginia. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae 1960's 1970's 1980's reintroduction.
LOCATION: 2919 MAM
481. Dueser, R.D., G.D. Therres, and G.J. Taylor. 1988. Translocation histories for the endangered Delmarva fox squirrel in Maryland: guidelines for implementing a conservation strategy. Trans. Northeast Sect. Wildl. Soc. 45:78.
ABSTRACT: The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Recovery Plan (1983) for the endangered Delmarva fox squirrel (Sciurus niger cinereus) emphasizes the strategic importance of population translocations throughout the historic range of the subspecies. The Maryland Department of Natural Resources has introduced Delmarva fox squirrels to eight unoccupied sites since 1979. An introduction was judged "successful" if a persistent breeding population became established at or near the release site. Insufficient information exists to judge the success of every introduction, but four known successful cases have expanded the remnant range both north and south on the Delmarva Peninsula. Based on this small number of cases, the success of a release seems to be independent of the number of release dates (2-3), the total number of animals released (8-26), and the source of those animals. However, success appears to be directly influenced by the pre-release handling of the animals and the habitat suitability and stewardship of the release site. Radiotracking of released animals has revealed several cases of post-release predation, frequent long-distance dispersal by both sexes, and successful colonization of suitable habitat located several miles from the release site. Based on the Maryland experience, we recommend quantitative pre-release appraisal of habitat suitability, use of a "soft" release method incorporating caged acclimation of squirrels on the release site prior to release, intensive short-term post-release monitoring of squirrels to determine the fates of individuals, and long-term monitoring with mid-winter nest-box inspections to evaluate population performance. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Sciuridae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2702 MAM
482. Duguy, R., and D. Prieur. 1980. Remarks on the reintroduction of grey seals and common seals along the French coast. Aquat. Mammals 8:19-20.
ABSTRACT: The common seal (Phoca vitulina) and the grey seal (Halichoerus grypus) historically occurred along the coasts of France but are currently found only in small numbers. Most of the seals found there today are young animals from colonies on the English coast. Reproduction in common seals along France's coast has not been observed since 1930, and no grey seal populations are presently capable of producing pups. In an attempt to establish new seal colonies in historic areas, young seals washing up on beaches along isolated points of the French coast are held in captivity for a few days and released. The seals are often in poor physical condition, and their survival rate is low. From January 1979 to May 1980, 13 (4 common, 9 grey) seals were obtained through these methods. Six seals (2 common, 4 grey) survived and were released. Seals have been released at Dunkerque, the Bay de Somme, and in the archipelago of Molene. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Phocidae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2977 MAM
483. Duvall, A.C., and G.S. Schoonveld. 1988. Colorado moose: reintroduction and management. Alces 24:188-194.
ABSTRACT: Moose (Alces alces shirasi) were trapped in Utah in 1978, Wyoming in 1979 and in 1987, and were released in two mountain parks in north central Colorado. The 24 moose released in 1978 and 1979 have increased to approximately 250 animals statewide by 1988 despite known illegal loss of 40 moose. Emigration of over 100 km from the original release site has established additional breeding populations. A moose management unit was established, and limited hunting for 3 to 5 bulls annually began in 1985. In 1987, 12 additional moose were trapped in Wyoming and released approximately 50 km northeast of the original release site to establish a second herd and to increase expansion potential. A management plan, developed in 1986-87, outlines current and future population estimates, inventory, habitat monitoring, harvest projections, public concerns, public relation efforts to reduce illegal kill, consumptive and nonconsumptive uses, current and future management plans, game damage, and future reintroductions in Colorado. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1970's 1980's movements.
LOCATION: 3172 MAM
484. Eatton, R.A. 1980. Lava Beds bighorn sheep program - update. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.88-89.
ABSTRACT: The 1978 lamb crop at Lava Beds was the highest to date. A total of nine lambs was born, indicating that all adult ewes reproduced. The herd presently consists of 36 animals: 15 rams, 12 ewes and 9 lambs. Plans are progressing for future re-introduction programs using stock from Lava Beds. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis californiana California 1970's herd composition mortality reproduction.
LOCATION: 3218 MAM
485. Egbert, A.L. 1987. Policies and philosophies on Florida panther captive breeding and reintroduction. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Reg. Conf. Proc. pp.767-772.
ABSTRACT: Florida panthers historically ranged throughout the southeastern United States, but currently exist only in the southern one-fourth of peninsular Florida. Because only 50 Florida panthers are estimated to live in the wild, plans are underway for a captive-breeding effort at White Oak Plantation. The two biggest challenges that the Florida Game and Freshwater Commission believes it faces in this project are judging the suitability of candidate areas and dealing positively with attitudes of the rural people who will be in closest contact with the reintroduced cats. A case history of failure in the attempt to reintroduce red wolves in the Land-between-the-Lakes area of Tennessee and Kentucky is also discussed. The two reasons provided for this failure are that the focus of the restoration team was almost exclusively on the technical biological details and the restoration team was unable to effectively reassure local citizens before the issue erupted into contentious public debate. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Felis concolor coryi Felidae Canis rufus Canidae policy
LOCATION: 3206 MAM
486. Elenowitz, A. 1984. Group dynamics and habitat use of transplanted desert bighorn sheep in the Peloncillo Mountains, New Mexico. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.1-8.
ABSTRACT: A one-year field study was conducted in the Peloncillo Mountains, New Mexico, following a paddock release of 28 desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis mexicana). Radio-telemetry, primarily from the ground, yielded 203 observations and 408 triangulation fixes. Annual mean group size was 3.7. Ewes grouped into two cohesive bands, quantified by coefficients of association between 0.42-0.66. Ewes established two home ranges 8 km apart, but within 6 km of the release site. A mean annual home range of 9.0 km2 + 0.7 SE was calculated for seven ewes. Bighorn preferred elevations between 1676-2134 m (61% of all group locations), slopes between 21-50% (63%), westerly and southerly exposures (68%), and grass/desert shrub vegetation types (89%). Ninety-one percent of all groups observed were within 75 m of escape terrain and 96% were located within 1.6 km of available water sources. Annual diet consisted of 68% shrubs, 21% grasses, and 11% forbs. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's dispersal habitat.
LOCATION: 3021 MAM
487. Elenowitz, A. 1982. Preliminary results of a desert bighorn transplant in the Peloncillo Mountains, New Mexico. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.8-11.
ABSTRACT: A one year field study was conducted in the Peloncillo Mountains, New Mexico following a paddock release of 28 bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis mexicana). The 20 adults were radio-collared. The transplant was supplemented twice with six radio-collared rams released directly into the wild. This report presents preliminary information based on 138 observations and 352 triangulation fixes recorded during the first 8 months of the study. Natural and artificial water sources were utilized. Two major use areas were established within 6.4 km (4 mi.) of the release site. Ewes separated into three cohesive bands. Mobility ranged from sedentary to highly exploratory whereby the distances of travel from the release site ranged from 35.4 km (22 mi.) for ewes and 43.3 km (30 mi.) for rams. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's dispersal.
LOCATION: 3251 MAM
488. Elenowitz, A.S. 1983. Habitat use and population dynamics of transplanted desert bighorn sheep in the Peloncillo Mountains, New Mexico. M.S. Thesis. New Mexico State Univ., Las Cruces. 158pp.
ABSTRACT: A 1-year field study (June 1981-May 1982) was conducted in the Peloncillo Mountains, New Mexico, following a paddock release of 28 desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis mexicana) composed of 10 New Mexico rams, 10 Arizona ewes, and 8 lambs born during confinement. All adults were radio-collared. The population was supplemented with six radio-collared rams released directly into the wild. The objective of this study was to evaluate the transplant by examining major ecological and population parameters. Radio-telemetry, primarily from the ground, yielded 203 observations (145 hr) and 408 triangulation fixes during the study period. Fifty-four percent of the adult bighorn were lost post-release due to fence entanglement (1), mountain lion (Felis concolor) predation (1), permanent dispersal (1), and bronchopneumonia (11). The dieoff of 11 New Mexico rams was attributed to their lack of immunity to the pneumonic pathogen(s) carried by the Arizona ewes. Sixty-two percent of the 13 lambs born during two parturition periods died under 8 months, mostly due to pneumonia. Annual mean group size was 3.7. Ewes grouped into two relatively cohesive bands quantified by coefficient of associations between 0.38-0.46. Ewe lambs associated with dams as 2.5 year-old adults. Post-release movements ranged from sedentary to highly exploratory; distances of travel from release sites ranged from 3-48 km (2-30 mi). Four bighorn made inter-mountain movements > 35 km (22 mi) from release sites. Nocturnal movements occurred occasionally. Ewes established two home ranges located 8 km (5 mi) apart, and within 6 km (4 mi) of the release site. Rams adopted ewe home ranges. A mean annual home range of 9.0 km2 (3.5 mi2) was calculated for seven ewes. Bighorn preferred grass/desert shrub vegetation types (89% of all group locations), elevations between 1676-2134 m (54%), slopes between 21-50% (63%), and north, south, west, and northwest exposures (62%). Ninety-one percent of all groups were observed within 75 m (82 yd) of escape terrain and 96% of all groups were located within 1.6 km (1.0 mi) of available water sources. Bighorn utilized six known water sources and appeared independent of free water during the winter. Fecal analysis revealed that the annual bighorn diet consisted of 68% shrubs, 21% grasses, and 11% forbs. An availability-utilization index indicated that shrubs were selected, grasses, avoided, and forbs used in proportion to their availability. Exploitative competition by cattle occurred via trampling and dietary overlap on uncommon, high-quality plants. Competition between deer (Odocoileus spp.) and bighorn was not significant. Mountain lions are the most important predator in bighorn habitat although bighorn interactions with coyote (Canis latrans) and golden eagle occurred. It was concluded that the Peloncillo bighorn made optimal use of their new environment, but the transplant was only partially successful due to low lamb survival. If lamb mortality was precipitated by a low-level, transplant-stress-syndrome, then the population should increase in the future. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3014 MAM
489. Erickson, D., and C. McCollough. 1985. Doubling our otters. Missouri Conserv. 46(3):4-7.
ABSTRACT: By 1937, the river otter (Lutra canadensis) was near extinction in Missouri. Preliminary otter releases were conducted to examine post-release otter activity. In 1982, 19 radio-equipped otters were released at Swan Lake National Wildlife Refuge, and in 1983, 20 otters were released at Lamine River Wildlife Area. The release site habitats differed, but both provided adequate otter food supplies. Otters released at Lamine River dispersed farther (3.7 mi) than those at Swan Lake (1.7 mi). Seven otters died within the transmission period, and no reproduction was observed. Spring releases may interrupt breeding and delay reproduction 2 years post-release. About 100 otters have been released at six sites. In 1985, 80-100 more otters are scheduled to be released. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2699 MAM
490. Erickson, D.W., and C.R. McCullough. 1987. Fates of translocated river otters in Missouri. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 15:511-517.
ABSTRACT: The survival, movements, interactions, and reproduction of translocated river otters (Lutra canadensis) in two Missouri habitat systems were investigated in 1982 and 1983. Nineteen otters were released at Swan Lake National Wildlife Refuge (SLNWR) in 1982, and 20 otters were released at Lamine River Wildlife Area (LRWA) in 1983. Survival 1 year post-release was 81% for the two groups. Otters in the riverine LRWA moved farther from the release area than those in the more diverse habitat of SLNWR. Home ranges overlapped extensively at both sites, and their distribution pattern indicated a high interaction potential. Reproduction was delayed 2 years in translocated otters. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's movements.
LOCATION: 2857 MAM
491. Erickson, D.W., and D.A. Hamilton. 1988. Approaches to river otter restoration in Missouri. Trans. North Am. Wildl. Natur. Resour. Conf. 53:404-413.
ABSTRACT: Unregulated harvest was the primary cause of river otter (Lutra canadensis) disappearance from most of its presettlement range in Missouri from 1860-1910. The Missouri Department of Conservation has a comprehensive plan which calls for the release of 800 otters at 40 sites during 1982-1991. In order to monitor post-release survival, movement, interaction, and reproduction, 39 otters were experimentally translocated to two different Missouri habitat systems. One year post-release, 81% of radio-monitored otters had survived. Movements during the first year were modest but variable, and home ranges overlapped extensively. Offspring were observed at both areas 2 years post-release. Since 1982, 337 river otters from Louisiana, Arkansas, and Ontario have been released at 17 sites in 12 watershed units in Missouri. Thirty-seven tagged otters have been recovered; the main mortality source has been inadvertent trapping. Dispersal appears to be limited to within 6 miles of the release site. Reproduction has occurred at 7 release sites 2-3 years post-release. Otter survival has been confirmed at 15 of 17 sites. Wildlife trades have been negotiated to continue to supply otters until 1991 in accordance with Missouri's management plan. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2703 MAM
492. Fairall, N. 1980. A radio tracking study of young translocated elephants. Pages 673-678 in C.J. Amlaner and D.W. Macdonald, eds. A handbook on biotelemetry and radio tracking. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
ABSTRACT: Because of the large size of the African elephant, translocations have to be done using juvenile animals. The social structure of the elephant herd raises doubt about the success of such a venture. The present study concerns a translocation of juvenile elephants and indicates that they had reasonably small home ranges in the short term, but that they are affected by human disturbance. The elephants developed a functional group structure indicating that such a translocation can be successful. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Pergamon Press, Inc.
KEY WORDS: Elephantidae South Africa distribution methodology Elephas maximus.
LOCATION: 3129 MAM
493. Fandos, P., and S. Reig. 1987. Status of mouflons and Barbary sheep in Spain after reintroduction. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18:59.
ABSTRACT: The Mouflon (Ovis musimon) was first introduced in Spain in 1954, today it is very abundant in several National Parks and hunting areas. The Barbary Sheep (Ammotragus lervia) has also been reintroduced as a big game species since 1960. This work deals with some of the negative influences to the environment caused by them, mainly related with alteration of natural vegetation and competition with other ungulates. The present distribution and adaptability to different habitats is discussed, as well as the possible consequences of the reintroductions of both species if the actual trend of their populations be maintained. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Bovidae.
LOCATION: 3253 MAM
494. Fielder, P.C., and B.G. Keesee. 1988. Results of a mountain goat transplant along Lake Chelan, Washington. Northwest Sci. 62:218-222.
ABSTRACT: In an attempt to increase the population, marked mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus) (n = 44) were transplanted from Olympic National Park to Lake Chelan in the Cascade Mountains of Washington in 1983 and 1984. To evaluate the success and integration of these individuals into the population, we compiled sightings of the marked mountain goats. Twenty-seven individuals were resighted a total of 95 times following release. Distances moved by released males and females were not significantly different (P > 0.05). Males traveled an average of 19.8 linear km (SE = 10.2) from release sites, compared to 13.9 km (SE = 15.4) for females. Released kids were never seen beyond 5 days after release. Released goats occupied vacant goat range, joined native goat bands within the drainage, or left the drainage. Transplanted goats intermixed with native goats to potentially introduce genetic variability. A minimum of 10 kids were born to transplanted nannies during the three summers after initial release. This study showed that collars and ear tags are both inexpensive and effective methods to mark mountain goats for study over an extended period. Further, because many transplanted mountain goats intermixed and bred with members of the local population, the transplant should be considered successful. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's marking dispersal.
LOCATION: 2609 MAM
495. Fisher, L.W. 1942. Live trapping Texas antelopes. J. Wildl. Manage. 6:231-236.
ABSTRACT: Modifications in the live-trapping technique for antelope, as necessitated by a 1940 trapping operation in the mountainous terrain of Texas, are reported, including replacement of horsemen by an airplane for drifting the animals into the trap and removal of antelopes from the crowding pen in a group, rather than one at a time through a chute. They have permitted the use of a simplified and less expensive trap, and afforded a safer, more efficient, and more economical method of capturing antelopes. (AS, LCA)
KEY WORDS: Antilocapridae Antilocapra americana pronghorn 1940's capture methodology.
LOCATION: 2521 MAM
496. Fitter, R. 1982. Arabian oryx returns to the wild. Oryx 16:406-410.
ABSTRACT: January 31, 1982, was a milestone in the long struggle to save Oryx leucoryx from extinction in the wild. On that day 10 Arabian oryx, nine of them born and bred in the United States, were released into the open desert in Oman. The release was a triumph for Operation Oryx, launched almost 20 years earlier, in April 1962, by the Fauna Preservation Society, as it then was; in Oman it was also a day of rejoicing for the Harasis tribe, who will once again guard their white oryx in the Jidda al Harasis, and for Sultan Qaboos bin Said, whose generous support and cooperation made the return possible. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's reintroduction.
LOCATION: 2612 MAM
497. Flath, D.L., and T.W. Clark. 1986. Historic status of black-footed ferret habitat in Montana. Great Basin Nat. Mem. 8: 63-71.
ABSTRACT: Black-footed ferrets (Mustela nigripes) use prairie dogs (Cynomys spp.) for food and their burrows for shelter. Thus, prairie dog colonies are essential ferret habitat. Prairie dog control, which resulted in permanent loss of ferret habitat, is considered the primary reason for the ferret's endangered status today. Northern Pacific Railroad (presently Burlington Northern) lands were surveyed 1908-1914, just prior to the onset of widespread prairie dog control. In Montana the surveyed area included a belt about 483 km long and 192 km wide, from the Montana-North Dakota border westward to Livingston. In all, 6,661 sections (11.8%) of 22 counties were surveyed and 1,662 of these sections (24.9%) contained at least some prairie dogs. Prairie dog colonies (N = 1,985) occupied all or part of 5,186, 16 ha (40 ac) parcels and totaled a minimum of 47,568 ha, with a mean colony size of 24.5 ha (2.8% of the landscape in colonies). Two township-wide belt transect samples - T4N and R45E - showed colonies were clumped in distribution. Two areas with large complexes of colonies are illustrated, and each area exceeded an estimated 15,000 ha, The Tongue River-Otter Creek area had at least 20 complexes, with a mean intercomplex distance of 3.4 km; and the Powder River-O'Fallon Creek area had at least 33 complexes, with a mean intercomplex distance of 2.9 km. Historic land uses were similar to today's uses-grazing and a few crops. Historic prairie dog areas in Montana occupied an estimated 5,953 sq km. An estimated 90+% reduction in prairie dogs has occurred since 1914, largely if not totally due to poisoning. The elimination, fragmentation, and greatly reduced size of ferret habitat has undoubtedly contributed to the endangered status of ferrets. A few areas in Montana appear to contain enough prairie dogs to potentially harbor ferret populations. These areas could serve as reintroduction sites for ferrets, as well as examples of complex prairie dog ecosystems. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae historical account.
LOCATION: 2959 MAM
498. Flyger, V., and L.W. Lustig. 1977. The potential for reestablishing fox squirrels in portions of their former range in the Northeastern states. Trans. Northeast Sect. Wildl. Soc. 33: 13-17.
ABSTRACT: The Eastern fox squirrel (Sciurus niger vulpinus) was formerly distributed throughout the Northeast as far north as Massachusetts while the Delmarva fox squirrel ((S. n. cinereus) was found in southeastern Pennsylvania, Delaware, possibly southern New Jersey, and throughout the entire Eastern Shore of Maryland. Today in the Northeast the Eastern fox squirrel is found only a few miles north of the Potomac river northwest of Washington, D.C., while the Delmarva fox squirrel is confined to portions of four counties on Maryland's Eastern Shore. Both of these squirrels prefer small, open woodlots which are characterized as mature mixed hardwoods and conifers with a minimum of understory. While commercial forestry practices discourage open stands, some areas such as parks, estates, cemeteries, woodlots grazed by cattle and other sites may provide optimum fox squirrel habitat. The characteristics and habits of fox squirrels are such that they would be a highly desirable species for reestablishment in rural and urban areas throughout the Northeast (Flyger, 1974). Various subspecies of fox squirrels have been introduced successfully in localities throughout North America, both in areas where interspecific competition with other sciurids was present and areas where no tree squirrels previously existed. Experience has also been gained in techniques for release through experiments with gray squirrels (Sciurus carolinensis). With reference to the above, potential management practices are discussed which may be required for the reestablishment of both fox squirrels. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae review paper historical account proposal.
LOCATION: 2955 MAM
499. Foster, J.W., B.B. Moorhead, and T.A. Reichard. 1983. Medical considerations in the translocation of mountain goats. Annu. Proc. Am. Assoc. Zoo Vet. pp.111-116.
ABSTRACT: One hundred and fifty-five mountain goats were successfully translocated during a 3-year period from 1981 to 1983. One mortality occurred at the capture site during the dropnetting procedure. No mortalities were reported in goats translocated into the wild. It is difficult to survey and assess survival in relocated goats, however, due to rugged mountain terrain. Seven losses did occur in goats sent to captive situations. The capture and handling methods in these goats were not as described above. A long-term follow-up program was initiated this year to assess morbidity and mortality, but at present no data are available. (AC)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Washington 1970's 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 3025 MAM
500. Foundation for the preservation and protection of the Przewalski horse. 1990. Przewalski horse. Przewalski horse. Foundation for the Preservation and Protection of the Przewalski Horse. Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
ABSTRACT: The Foundation for the Preservation and Protection of the Przewalski Horse currently maintains five herds of Przewalski horses (a total of 57 horses) in five semi-reserves in Holland and West Germany. Future plans for these horses include releasing them back into suitable habitat in Mongolia, but no release dates or scenarios have yet been established. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Equidae captive propagation history Equus przewalskii
LOCATION: 4004 MAM
501. Franzmann, A.W. 1988. A review of Alaskan wildlife translocations. Pages 210-229 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: This review covers all documented translocations that have occurred in Alaska with special emphasis on big game animals, but including furbearers and small game through spring 1986. Species covered include Sitka black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus sitkensis), moose (Alces alces), muskox (Ovibos moschatus), bison (Bison bison), Roosevelt elk (Cervus elaphus), caribou (Rangifer tarandus), mountain goat (Oreamnos americanus), Dall's sheep (Ovis dalli), brown bear (Ursus arctos), red fox (Vulpes vulpes), muskrat (Ondatra zibethicus), beaver (Castor canadensis), mink (Mustela vision), raccoon (Procyon lotor), red squirrel (Tamiasciurus hudsonicus), hoary marmot (Marmota caligata), ground squirrel (Spermophilus undulatus), gray wolf (Canis lupus), snowshoe hare (Lepus americanus), sea otter (Enhydra lutris), marten (Martes americana) and wild boar (Sus scrofa). Objectives of translocations are outlined and agency policy is reviewed. Assessments of the success of translocations is made based on biology, with consideration of politics and economics. There has been a general decrease in translocations in Alaska and a shift in objectives from providing animals for harvest to reestablishing species in areas formerly inhabited by them, providing viewing opportunities, preserving endangered species, and for mitigation purposes. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Canidae Castoridae Cervidae Cricetidae Leporidae Mustelidae Procyonidae Sciuridae Suidae Ursidae historical account policy.
LOCATION: 3107 MAM
502. Fritts, S.H., W.J. Paul, and L.D. Mech. 1984. Movements of translocated wolves in Minnesota. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:709-721. ABSTRACT: From February 1975 to May 1978, 104 wolves (Canis lupus) captured at or near Minnesota farms where depredations on livestock had been reported were translocated northward and eastward for 50-317 km into extensive forests; three others were released westward. Nine wolves were translocated twice, and one three times. Information on movements was obtained by radiotracking 17 wolves and by recovery of 16 others. All radio-tagged wolves left the release areas; adults left quickly, but pups generally remained longer, behaved less decisively, and settled nearby temporarily. Wolves released together did not remain together. Initial travel of most radio-tagged adults was between south and west, the general direction to their original location. Final directions were primarily to the west and northwest, due in part to physiographic barriers. Eight adults homed, one twice, to capture areas that were < 64 km from release sites. Nonhoming wolves were radiotracked and/or recovered 32-351 km from their capture sites and 23-302 km from their release sites. Translocation was largely unsuccessful at keeping problem wolves out of livestock production areas. The problem of initial travel away from release sites in wolf reintroductions probably could be minimized by transport and release of 6-9-month-old wolves. (AA) Copyright 1984 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1970's movements telemetry.
LOCATION: 2401 MAM
503. Fritts, S.H., W.J. Paul, and L.D. Mech. 1985. Can relocated wolves survive? Wildl. Soc. Bull. 13:459-463.
ABSTRACT: From 1975 to 1978, 107 wolves were captured at Minnesota farms where depredation or harassment of livestock had been reported and were relocated into nonagricultural forest lands inhabited by wolves. Radio-tracking of 16 of the relocated wolves indicated an annual survival rate (0.60) approximating that of wild wolves in Minnesota. The average minimum survival time of the radioed wolves and of 16 recovered ear-tagged wolves combined was 342 + 54 days. The limited data on pups (3) suggested comparable survival. Fourteen (13%) of the wolves were recaptured at least once at farms. Otherwise, causes and seasonal patterns of mortality were typical of those of other Minnesota wolves. At least three of the 16 radio-tracked wolves succeeded at finding a mate and a territory. Overall, survival and behavior of the relocated wolves appeared comparable to that of other wolves in Minnesota and much like that of naturally dispersing wolves. Wolves evidently can be released into new surroundings that already have a wolf population without substantially reducing their survival rate. However, extensive movements must be anticipated (Fritts et al. 1984, J. Wildl. Manage. 48:709-721.). (AS) Copyright 1985 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1970's telemetry mortality reintroduction.
LOCATION: 2855 MAM
504. Fuller, A.F. 1984. Drop net capture of bighorn sheep in Arizona. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.39-40.
ABSTRACT: Over a 4 day period, 54 desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) were captured on the south shore of Lake Mead. All sheep was captured with a 15.8 x 15.8 meter drop net. Apple pomace and alfalfa hay were used to attract the sheep to the drop sites. The sheep were released in three states: 34 animals were released in the Grand Wash Cliffs, Arizona; 10 sheep were released in Big Dominguez Canyon, Colorado; and 10 were released into an enclosure near Van Horn, Texas. No mortalities or major injuries occurred. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 3021 MAM
505. Garcia-Orduna, F., D. Canales-Espinosa, E. Rodriguez-Luna, G. Silva-Lopez, J. Jimenez-Huerta, J. Benetiz-Rodriguez, and J. Hermida-Lagunes. 1987. Translocation program for the howler monkey (Alouatta palliata): a report. Am. J. Primatol. 12: 363-364.
ABSTRACT: Due to the continuous transformation of tropical forests in southeastern Mexico, numerous wild populations of spider monkeys (Ateles geoffroyi) and howler monkeys (Alouatta palliata and Alouatta pigra) have remained confined in small forest fragments, condemned to a contingent extermination. As a way to study this process in detail, we made a census on wild monkey populations that survive in forest fragments of four ejidos (public land) forest fragments of the Sierra de Santa Martha, State of Veracruz, Mexico (they are: Mirador Pilapa, Magallanes, Lopez Arias, and Guadalupe Victoria). Ten Ateles groups and seven Alouatta groups were identified as units with a low survival expectation. As a conservationist tactic in behalf of these wild endangered populations, a plan was designed to translocate the animals to protected areas. Two suitable areas were selected: the island of Agaltepec in the Catemaco lagoon and a reserve of the Universidad Veracruzana (in Pipiapan, Veracruz), both located near the Sierra de Santa Martha. This report refers the translocation plan practiced on a howler money group (N=7) located in a forest fragment of approximately 5 ha of the ejido (public land) of Mirador Pilapa. We discuss the different phases of the translocation and we estimate the scopes and constraints of these works as conservationist tactics. Support for this study comes from the Secretaria de Educacion Publica (Mex. government), WWF-U.S. Primate Program, Chicago Zoological Society, and Wildlife Preservation Trust International. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Cebidae.
LOCATION: 2936 MAM
506. Gogan, P.J., and R.H. Barrett. 1987. Comparative dynamics of introduced tule elk populations. J. Wildl. Manage. 51:20-27. ABSTRACT: Growth rates in 2 re-established populations of tule elk (Cervus elaphus nannodes) were followed 6 and 7 years beyond the time of introduction. The elk population at Grizzly Island, California, grew at the maximum potential rate, whereas that at Point Reyes, California, grew at half theoretical potential. The lower rate of growth at Point Reyes was attributed to an initial pulse of adult mortality, low calving rates, and high subadult mortality. (AA) Copyright 1987 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3137 MAM
507. Gogan, P.J.P., and R.H. Barrett. 1988. Lessons in management from translocations of tule elk. Pages 275-287 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: The outcome of two translocated herds of tule elk (Cervus elaphus nannodes) was monitored 8 and 9 years beyond the time of introduction. Differences in rates of growth of the herds are attributable to environmental variables. Observed rates of change in both populations provide estimates of average carrying capacity (KCC). Estimates of minimum viable population size are below estimates of KCC. The social cohesiveness of the two herds is compared to other reintroduced herds of tule elk. Recommendations for planning translocations of ungulates are offered. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae California 1970's 1980's parasites.
LOCATION: 3106 MAM
508. Goldsmith, A.E. 1988. History and research on reintroduction of pronghorn in California. Pages 288-297 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: In California, conservation and management have enabled pronghorn (Antilocapra americana) populations to increase from a low of 1,100 in 1924 to over 7,000 in 1985. Between 1947 and 1985, 412 pronghorn were reintroduced in 9 attempts in 4 different areas of the state. Most were successful although pronghorn often established populations in nearby areas rather than in the release site. The behavior and ecology of a group of 43 pronghorn reintroduced to Adobe Valley, Mono County, California, was studied from 1982 to 1984 to observe how the pronghorn adapted after release and to evaluate the success of the reintroduction. All but six pronghorn dispersed from the release area. The remaining six established separate summer and winter home ranges. No fawns were recruited to the population in 1982 through 1984. Although the pronghorn had been captured in alfalfa fields in Siskiyou County, only a few made use of local alfalfa ranches for a few months in 1982 and 1983. A second and third reintroduction are currently being evaluated by agency personnel. It appears that establishment of even a few animals from the 1982 release may have enhanced the success of subsequent reintroductions. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Antilocapridae 1940's 1950's 1960's 1970's 1980's telemetry.
LOCATION: 3105 MAM
509. Goodson, N. 1980. Bighorn sheep in north-central Colorado, past, present and future. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.190-209.
ABSTRACT: Before the advent of white man, Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis canadensis) were abundant in north-central Colorado and utilized suitable habitats from above treeline to the edge of the plains. Many sheep migrated from winter ranges in the foothills to alpine summer ranges. Hunting, grazing of domestic stock, construction of roads, fences and settlements, and disease contributed to the loss of all bighorn ranges below 2440 m and half of all high elevation ranges before 1945. Transplants have been used since 1946 to restore sheep to historical ranges. Present populations, both native and reintroduced, can be characterized as small isolated, and non-migratory. Innovative use of transplants is suggested as a mean of increasing distribution of bighorn and reestablishing historical range-use patterns and altitudinal migrations. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae review paper translocation.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
510. Gossow, H., and P. Honsig-Erlenburg. 1986. Management problems with reintroduced lynx in Austria. Pages 77-83 in S.D. Miller and D.D. Everett, eds. Cats of the world: biology, conservation, and management. Proc. Second Int. Cat Symp., Kingsville, TX, October 4-6, 1982.
ABSTRACT: Nine European lynx (Lynx lynx L.) were released in central Austria 100 years after the last native lynx had been killed in 1975. It was hoped that progeny from this founder stock would come into contact with the lynx population re-established in Slovenia, Yugoslavia in 1973. Wild-trapped lynx from Slovakia/CSSR were released in both regions. The lynx in Austria were intensively monitored using snow tracking and radiotelemetry. There was strong local opposition against this project from hunters, especially in Carynthia. Carynthia has few federal forest estates, but many large private forest estates emphasizing trophy hunting. Our paper describes how local differences in deer management influenced the lynx's behavior and range use. Further, we discuss a local preference for red deer (Cervus elaphus) as the main winter prey, and the lynx's higher than expected dispersal rate with regard to breeding success. A well planned large predator research project in densely populated countries must include - besides its technical, administrative, and scientific prerequisites - adequate public relations or "Human Management." (AA)
KEY WORDS: Felidae 1970's reintroduction public relations.
LOCATION: 2924 MAM
511. Graczyk, R. 1978. Theoretical elements of a reintroduction of endangered species of mammals. Congr. Theriol. Int. 2:154.
ABSTRACT: This paper includes considerations and information concerning microevolutive transmutations causing, in the Beaver (Castor fiber L.), Roe Deer (Capreolus capreolus L.), Elk (Alces alces L.) and European Bison (Bison bonasus L.). New ecological populations adapted to a permanent life in the present changed system of environmental conditions. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only.
LOCATION: 2820 MAM
512. Grauvogel, C.A. 1984. Muskoxen of northwestern Alaska: transplant success, dispersal, and current status. Biol. Pap. Univ. Alaska Spec. Rep. No. 4:57-62.
ABSTRACT: Muskoxen (Ovibos moschatus) were first transplanted to the northwestern coast of Alaska in 1970. Cape Thompson and the Seward Peninsula each received 36 animals. Approximately 1/3 of the muskoxen from the Seward Peninsula transplant and 2/3 from the Cape Thompson transplant split into small groups and dispersed widely. These muskoxen probably contributed little to future herd growth. On the Seward Peninsula, 2 separate herds became established in areas 80 km and 115 km from the transplant site. The Seward Peninsula received a second transplant of 35 muskoxen in 1981; movements of 4 radio-collared cows indicated that most muskoxen left the transplant site, some moving as far as 350 km. Fewer than 10 muskoxen joined resident herds. A group of 10 to 13 muskoxen from the Cape Thompson transplant established a productive herd 35 km north of the release site. To accelerate herd growth, a second transplant was conducted in 1977, but most muskoxen did not join the resident herds. The growth rates of Cape Thompson and Seward Peninsula herds average 16 to 21% annually. The Cape Thompson population presently numbers 90 to 100, and the Seward Peninsula herds are estimated to total 155 to 165. The success of future transplants may be improved by using a greater ratio of adults to yearlings, transplanting more animals, and improving care and handling of muskoxen both during and after the transplant. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 3180 MAM
513. Griess, J.M., and B. Anderson. 1987. Reintroduction of the river otter into the Obed Wild and Scenic River in Tennessee. Proc. Southeast. Nongame Endangered Wildl. Symp. 3:167-175.
ABSTRACT: Two male and two females river otters (Lutra canadensis) were obtained from Louisiana and implanted with radio transmitters. Otters were released into the Obed River in Tennessee on 24 March 1984 where they were monitored for 17 months. Post release survival was 100%. Six additional otters were released in March 1985 without transmitters. The two male otters (M1 & M2) remained in close association throughout the study. Primary home range (PHR) of the males was 38.4 km2 (24 mi2);they had an extended range of 66.4 km2 (41.5 mi2). The two females (F3 & F4) were more solitary than the males, being located alone 60% (F3) and 92% (F4) of the time. PHRs before March 1985 were 9.6 km2 (6 mi2 for F3 and 12.8 km2 (8 mi2) for F4. After March 1985 F3 assumed the same PHR as the male otters. Extended ranges for the female otters were 66.4 km2 (41.5 mi2) for F3 and 24.6 km2 (15.4 mi2) for F4. Both female otters left their home ranges in March 1985 and were found in close proximity to the male otters. This movement was possibly related to breeding activity. Otter diet consisted primarily of fish. Fish remains were found in 54% of otter scats analyzed. Centrarchids were found to be the most frequently consumed (41%), followed by cyprinids (25.1%), catostomids (21.6%), sciaenids (6.7%), and ictalurids (5%). Sizes of fish eaten ranged from 50-550 mm (2-20 in). Crayfish were found in 37% of the scats analyzed, followed by insects (33%) and berries (12.5%). Snake, salamander, mussel, and wood duck (Aix sponsa) remains were each identified in 4.2% of the otter scats. No apparent food shortages were noted during the study. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's transport.
LOCATION: 3114 MAM
514. Grimwood, I.R. 1984. Historical notes on the translocation of rhinos in Africa. Page 185 in H.M. Cumming and P. Jackson, eds. The status and conservation of Africa's elephants and rhinos. Proc. Joint Mtg. Int. Union Conserv. Nature Nat. Resour./Species Survival Comm. African Elephant and African Rhino Specialist Groups, July-Aug. 1981. Zimbabwe.
ABSTRACT: The history of the capture of both black and white rhinos for release elsewhere in the wild, with the purpose of either rescuing threatened populations or in order to restock other areas, is briefly reviewed. The capture of rhinos for zoo purposes is excluded. Prior to 1960 capture was almost invariably effected by roping from a truck, but with the advent of the Palmer Cap-Chur gun and syringe, and the subsequent development of a series of progressively more suitable drugs, chemical restraint soon became the general method of capture. Brief mention is made of the successive advances that followed the discovery of the drug mixtures commonly referred to as Sernyl, Flaxedil, Themalong and M99, and new hunting techniques developed in applying them and a short account is given of major translocation programmes carried out with their aid, or by roping. Note is also taken of the number and kind of casualties incurred in those operations and, where known, of the fate of the animals after release. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Rhinocerotidae Diceros bicornis Ceratotherium simum.
LOCATION: 2632 MAM
515. Grunigen, R.E. 1980. A system for evaluating potential bighorn sheep transplant sites in northern New Mexico. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.211-228.
ABSTRACT: Six Santa Fe National Forest ranges were evaluated by quantitatively assessing several important habitat parameters, to determine their suitability for bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis). Applications and limitations of this Habitat Evaluation System in determining suitability of ranges for bighorns and in developing strategies for management of bighorns in the potential release areas are discussed. Intensive range surveys were later conducted to help formulate specific plans for management of sheep in each area. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's habitat evaluation.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
516. Guenzel, R.J. 1980. A population perspective of successful mountain goat transplants. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.403-457.
ABSTRACT: The mountain goat (Oreamnos americanus) has been introduced into at least 29 areas. Eleven of these transplants were evaluated to determine what effects the demographic characteristics of the introduced stock had on population growth. The average rate of increase for introduced populations up to 20 years post-introduction was compared to the following parameters using simple and multiple regressions: the number of individuals released, the number of different populations from which the introduced goats were taken, the sex ratio of the animals released, the number of introductions, the average number of goats released per introduction, and the average time interval between subsequent introductions. Significance of these regressions was tested using an F-test. For all parameters, either alone or in combination, no significant correlations were found. This may indicate that other factors related to habitat quality and environment may be more important in influencing population growth than the demographic properties of the individuals released. On average, 13.5 goats were released in 2.1 introductions per population. The average male-to-female ratio was 0.622. The mean number of populations from which transplanted goats were taken was 1.6. It was noted that the three populations having the highest rates of increase had some factor such as salt which may have encouraged the population to stay together rather than disperse. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae North America.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
517. Guymon, J.G. 1980. Utah's bighorn sheep transplant program. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.84-85.
ABSTRACT: Utah has a growing desert bighorn population. Efforts are being made to expand the range of both the Rocky Mountain and desert bighorn sheep to all suitable habitats. Wildlife biologists on both the state and federal level are currently reviewing potential transplant sites. Participation from interested sportsmen groups is encouraged. The future of this species of wildlife depends on how serious we take our charge as wildlife managers. It is our dedicated intention to create a future for bighorn sheep in Utah which realistically yields hope that there shall be no setting sun on our sheep populations but rather reveals this unique animal in the light of a rising star. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis canadensis Ovis canadensis nelsoni 1960's 1970's historical account.
LOCATION: 3133 MAM
518. Haas, W.L., and E. Decker. 1980. A study of a recently introduced bighorn sheep herd. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.143-166.
ABSTRACT: Sixty-eight Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis canadensis) were introduced into the Encampment River Canyon in southcentral Wyoming in 1976 and 1977. Within 2.5 years, the herd was estimated to number 85 animals. Reproduction was good and mortality was low. The sheep wintered in the lower canyon and moved up canyon to slightly higher elevations in summer. A few sheep were observed as far as 19 km from the release site. Nearly all bighorn activity on the winter range was confined to three areas of similar topographic character. All had flat or gently rolling terrain adjacent to steep hillsides dotted with rock outcrops and cliffs. The black sagebrush (Artemisia nova)- and big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata)-grass vegetation types were most frequently used. Forbs and grasses made up most of the diet of the sheep from late fall through early summer. Most of the late-summer early-fall diet was composed of browse. Key food plants were Stipa sp., Carex spp., Antennaria spp., Artemisia sp., Cercocarpus montanus, and Purshia tridentata. Elk (Cervus elaphus) were potentially the most serious competitors for forage on the winter range, followed by cattle, which grazed the area in summer. Mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus) were also present on the winter range in fall and winter, and pronghorns (Antilocapra americana) utilized portions of the area in summer, but neither species appeared to pose a competitive threat to the bighorn. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's movements range use competition.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
519. Hall-Martin, A.J., and B.L. Penzhorn. 1977. Behaviour and recruitment of translocated black rhinoceros Diceros bicornis. Koedoe 20:147-162.
ABSTRACT: Black rhinoceros were translocated to the Addo Elephant National Park from Kenya and released into a small fenced enclosure. Serious fighting attributed to the conditions under which the animals were released, the unusually high population density, the meeting of strange animals, aggression associated with mating and individual temperament resulted in the deaths of three animals within 3 wk. Later fighting between bulls accounted for two more deaths. A peak in mating activity was recorded during spring to mid-summer, followed by a peak calving period in late summer. The calving interval (35 mo.) is longer than that of unrestricted populations but ages at 1st mating in cows (4 yr 6 mo., 4 yr 7 mo.) are comparable. First parturition at Addo occurs later (8 yr, 8 yr 5 mo.) than in wild animals and the young are hidden for the first few days after birth. Under conditions of stress a subadult bull readily took to swimming as a means of escaping from other animals. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae South Africa 1960's 1970's translocation behavior.
LOCATION: 2762 MAM
520. Hall-Martin, A.J., and G. De Graaff. 1978. A note on the feasibility of introducing giraffe to the Kalahari Gemsbok National Park. Koedoe 21:191-193.
ABSTRACT: The general policy in South African national parks is to only introduce species which historically occurred in the area. The introduction of giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis) into the Kalahari Gemsbok National Park is being considered although there are no verified records of its occurrence there. It is probable that the giraffe occurred in or around the park boundaries, and present day habitat appears suitable to support giraffe populations. If giraffe are introduced to the Park, it is recommended that individuals be obtained from the nearest naturally occurring population in accord with genetic conservation principles. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Giraffidae South Africa.
LOCATION: 2765 MAM
521. Halloran, A.F. 1970. An experimental introduction of bighorn sheep into the Wichita Mountains of Oklahoma. Great Plains J. 9:85-90.
ABSTRACT: This paper presents a historical account of a 1928-1929 bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) introduction recreated from letters and reports. Fourteen sheep from Rocky Mountains Park in Alberta, Canada, (currently known as Banff National Park) were sent in two shipments to the United States. A shipment of two rams and five ewes was sent to Laramie, Wyoming, and another to Cache, Oklahoma. The Oklahoma sheep were placed in the Wichita Mountains. Apparently unable to adjust to the new climate and habitat, all seven died. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1920's.
LOCATION: 2926 MAM
522. Hancock, P. 1983. Elephant restocking at Pilanesberg. Afr. Wildl. 37:227.
ABSTRACT: Although Pilanesburg is unable to support an elephant population large enough to be genetically viable in the long term, restocking efforts have served as a useful experiment to determine the feasibility of translocation to reestablish elephants in their former range. Five separate groups of elephants (49 total) were released into the park from 1980 to 1983. Observations suggest that releases are most successful if done during the wet season and if adult elephant guidance is present. Human-acclimated animals also appear to adapt readily to wild conditions. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Elephantidae Loxodonta africana African elephant South Africa Namibia 1980's.
LOCATION: 2658 MAM
523. Hansen, C.G., T.L. Hailey, and G.I. Day. 1980. Capturing, handling, and transplanting. Pages 273-287 in G. Monson and L. Sumner, eds. The desert bighorn. Its life history, ecology and management. Univ. Arizona Press, Tuscon.
ABSTRACT: Management and research of desert bighorn (Ovis canadensis) often require capture and handling. Trapping and drug capture techniques and recommendations are discussed. The corral trap was found to be the most practical. The most successful methods of drug capture have been from blinds at water holes and from helicopters. Immobilization of bighorn with M-99 combined with a neuroleptic tranquilizer has proven effective. Recommendations for transporting bighorn and for marking live and dead animals are also presented. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae methodology wild-caught.
LOCATION: 2421 MAM
524. Hansen, M.C. 1984. Population growth and dispersal of reintroduced California bighorn in northwestern Nevada. Cal-Neva Wildl. Trans., pp.43-49.
ABSTRACT: Population characteristics and dispersal of California bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis californiana) were investigated 12 years after the 1968 release of eight animals on the Sheldon National Wildlife Refuge in Nevada. analyzeds suggested: (1) population growth may have slowed from 1974 to 1980 as a result of intraspecific competition for high quality lambing terrain; (2) female bighorn sheep may experience alternate periods of range expansion and consolidation associated with environmental dispersal; and (3) rams may approximate innate dispersal. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1960's.
LOCATION: 2420 MAM
525. Hanson, M.T., and J.M. Willison. 1983. The 1978 relocation of tule elk at Fort Hunter Liggett - reasons for its failure. Cal-Neva Wildl. Trans., pp.43-49.
ABSTRACT: In December 1978, 22 tule elk (Cervus elaphus nannodes) were relocated from the Tupman Tule Elk Reserve near Buttonwillow to Fort Hunter Liggett. Investigation 2.5 years later revealed total failure - only three cows could be confirmed as still existing. Failure was due primarily to excessive poaching. Factors conducive to the high poaching rate were tameness of the relocated elk, location of release site, lack of monitoring, and resentment by locals to changing policies at Fort Hunter Liggett. Recommendations for future elk releases include using wild elk, change of the release site, full-time monitoring, and promoting public relations. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae California 1970's.
LOCATION: 2484 MAM
526. Harcourt, A.H. 1977. Virunga gorillas - the case against translocations. Oryx 13:469-472.
ABSTRACT: It has been suggested that mountain gorillas (Gorilla gorilla beringei) be translocated from Kahuzi-Biega National Park to Virunga National Park to introduce new stock into the Virunga population. The author argues against the translocation, claiming there is no evidence of inbreeding among the Virunga population. There are no physical defects attributable to inbreeding, no evidence of decreased viability, and the population appears to be resilient to environmental change. Further, the environments and major food plants of the Kahuzi-Biega Park and Virunga Park differ, and little is known about gorilla diseases and parasites of the two areas. Although the Virunga population has experienced a serious decline, conservation efforts should focus reducing on habitat destruction and disturbance of the population rather than translocation. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Pongidae Rwanda Zaire.
LOCATION: 2972 MAM
527. Harris, D., and S.E. Aldous. 1946. Beaver management in the northern Black Hills of South Dakota. J. Wildl. Manage. 10: 348-353.
ABSTRACT: In 1927, the South Dakota Game and Fish Department started a program to restore the beaver (Castor canadensis missouriensis) in the Northern Black Hills of South Dakota. To establish and maintain new beaver colonies, the following objectives were accomplished: moving beavers from well-populated areas to new sites, conserving of soil and water, providing habitat, and stabilizing stream flow. Between 1936 and 1944, 136 beavers were successfully planted at 34 artificially prepared new sites, and 259 beavers were live-trapped and released in a strictly natural area of 700 square miles. Few of the latter beaver stayed in their release area. Rather, they established at self-chosen sites. Between 1942 and 1944, 100 of the released beaver were ear tagged and later recaptured. Trapping returns were low due to disease and because new sites are rarely trapped earlier than 2 years after establishment. Site preparation, trapping technique, and management practices are discussed. (JCA) KEY WORDS: Castoridae 1930's 1940's habitat survival transport.
LOCATION: 2520 MAM
528. Hatcher, R.T., and G.W. Wigtil. 1985. Fates of red foxes released into southeastern Oklahoma. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 39:321-325.
ABSTRACT: In 1981, the Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation provided eight red foxes (Vulpes vulpes) to the LeFlore County Fox and Wolf Hunter's Association for experimental stocking. On 1 September 1981, four wild foxes and four pen-reared foxes were released into LeFlore County, Oklahoma. Six of the foxes were equipped with radio-transmitters. By the end of the study, 2 November 1981, five of the six radio-equipped foxes had died. The radio-transmitter on the sixth fox failed, and the fate of this fox is unknown. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3228 MAM
529. Hebert, D.M., W.K. Hall, and B. McLellan. 1980. Rocky Mountain goat trapping and transplants in British Columbia and Alberta. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.388-401.
ABSTRACT: Twelve Rocky Mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus) were trapped on Grande Mountain, Alberta and released at Shunda Mountain. Two females died during trapping and holding procedures. Twelve goats were trapped for marking and release in the Rocky and Purcell Mountains of British Columbia during 1965-1967. Three animals died from capture myopathy during trapping. Eleven goats from the Purcell Mountains were transplanted to Mount Thompson at Creston, British Columbia in 1978. Animals were captured in carrying boxes and were not handled nor immobilized. There was no trap-related mortality. Criteria for selecting and comparing goat transplant sites are presented. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1960's 1970's methodology.
LOCATION: 2413 MAM
530. Henshaw, R.E. 1982. Can the wolf be returned to New York? Pages 395-422 in F.H. Harrington and P.C. Paquet, eds. Wolves of the world: perspectives of behavior, ecology, and conservation. Noyes Publications, NJ.
ABSTRACT: A recent surge of interest in wolves as well as a new sympathetic attitude toward predators has prompted inquiries as to whether the wolf can return to New York state. Adirondack Park contains adequate areas of land that have been designated to remain mostly undeveloped and thus may be suitable for a reintroduction of eastern timber wolves. Concerns regarding the ability of Adirondack white-tailed deer and beaver populations to sustain wolves, the proximity of dairylands to wolf release sites, and possible interactions between coyotes and wolves are discussed. The need for public acceptance of wolf reintroduction is a major factor determining the success of any release efforts, and a conceptual scheme for reintroducing wolves is presented. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Canidae Canis lupus Cervidae Odocoileus virginianus Castoridae Castor canadensis
LOCATION: 2670 MAM
531. Henshaw, R.E., R. Lockwood, R. Shideler, and R.O. Stephenson. 1979. Experimental release of captive wolves. Pages 319-345 in E. Klinghammer, ed. Symp. Behav. and Ecol. of Wolves. Garland STPM Press, New York.
ABSTRACT: In a transplantation feasibility study, five captive-reared wolves (Canis lupus) from Barrow, Alaska, were released, and their survival was studied. Pre- and post-release social behavior, prey-killing capability, and response to humans were compared. All animals reentered civilization; three were killed, one returned to Barrow, and one may remain at large yet. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2832 MAM
532. Herrero, S., C. Schroeder, and M. Scott-Brown. 1986. Are canadian foxes swift enough? Biol. Conserv. 36:159-168.
ABSTRACT: In 1983, the swift fox Vulpes velox was reintroduced to the Canadian prairie, after an absence of 45 years. We counter recent criticism of our efforts by Stromberg & Boyce (1986, Biol. Conserv. 35:97-110). Our initial breeding stock originated from Colorado and South Dakota. From those animals we have developed a successful captive breeding programme in Canada. The goal of our captive breeding programme is to maximize genetic heterogeneity. Once animals are released, natural selection over subsequent generations will produce locally adapted genotypes. Contrary to Stromberg and Boyce, we feel that our reintroduction programme is based on principles of sound genetic management. We do not believe that our efforts will diminish the genetic composition of what appears to be rare populations of swift fox in the northern United States. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Canidae Alberta Saskatchewan 1980's genetics.
LOCATION: 2474 MAM
533. Heter, E.W. 1950. Transplanting beavers by airplane and parachute. J. Wildl. Manage. 14:143-147.
ABSTRACT: The mountains, heavy forests, and lack of roads in Idaho made beaver (Castor canadensis) transplanting a labor-intensive, expensive, and time-consuming task. In addition, it resulted in high beaver mortality. The use of planes and parachutes with animal holding boxes has proven to be a much more efficient and much less expensive method of transportation. In 1948, 76 live beavers were dropped with only one casualty. Observations made in 1949 showed that the beavers that had participated in the airborne transplantation had settled and were well on their way to producing colonies. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae 1940's habitat survival.
LOCATION: 2515 MAM
534. Hillestad, H.O. 1984. Stocking and genetic variability of white-tailed deer in the southeastern United States. Ph.D. Diss., Univ. Georgia, Athens. 128 pp.
ABSTRACT: A study of genetic variability in Southeastern white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) populations was initiated in 1974. Tissues for starch-gel electrophoresis were collected from 1,549 hunter-harvested deer from 6 southeastern states. Eighteen loci were scorable across 5 native herds representing 4 subspecies and 18 restocked populations. Only one subspecies, O. v. nigribaris, on Blackbeard Island exhibited a high degree of genetic differentiation. Heterozygosity, allelic variation and loci polymorphism exhibited significant geographical heterogeneity. Native herds exceeded restocked populations in all measures of genetic variability. Mean heterozygosity was 0.091 and 0.078 for the native and restocked herds, respectively. Genotypic proportions for most loci were in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium; (beta)-hemoglobin deviated significantly in heterozygote deficiencies in eight populations, evidence for selection at this locus is presented for the Blackbeard Island herd. Some herds probably exhibited relatively high levels of inbreeding at time of sampling; mean F across all loci for populations which exhibited significant departures from the panmictic model was 0.093. Founder and bottleneck effects upon genetic characteristics were strongly altered by characteristics of the source populations and number of animals released. Management implications of these findings are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae.
LOCATION: MAM
535. Hitchins, P.M. 1984. Translocation of black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis minor) from the Natal game reserves 1962-1983. Lammergeyer 33:45-48.
ABSTRACT: The black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis minor) is an endangered species in South Africa, and as of 1961, the last remaining populations were found in the Hluhluwe and Mkuzi Game Reserves. Between 1962 and 1983, 138 rhinoceros were caught in Natal and translocated to seven conservation areas. Eight individuals were lost during capture and transport procedures. Overall post-release mortality was 6% with mortality at individual conservation areas ranging from 4% at Itala Nature reserve to 20% at Kruger National Park. By the end of 1983, five black rhinoceros populations have been successfully established as a result of the translocations. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1960's 1970's 1980's genetics.
LOCATION: 2801 MAM
536. Hitchins, P.M., M.E. Keep, and K. Rochat. 1972. The capture of black rhinoceros in Hluhluwe Game Reserve and their translocation to the Kruger National Park. Lammergeyer 17:18-30. ABSTRACT: A short history and an outline of the present status of the black rhino in South Africa is given. This is followed by a description of an operation undertaken between 13 April and 10 August 1971 to capture ten pairs of animals in Hluhluwe Game Reserve, Zululand, and translocate them to the Kruger National Park. Capture by darting from a helicopter using immobilizing drug mixtures is described. The rhinos were moved from the capture area to holding pens in the adjacent Umfolozi Game Reserve, and from there to the Kruger National Park, by means of specialised transport equipment. Acclimatization periods were spent in holding pens in both Zululand and in the Kruger National Park. The structural details of these pens are given, and the final release of the rhinos into the wild state is described. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae Diceros bicornis 1970's methodology.
LOCATION: 3078 MAM
537. Hlavachick, B.D. 1968. Foods of Kansas antelopes related to choice of stocking sites. J. Wildl. Manage. 32:399-401.
ABSTRACT: Forage habits of Kansas antelopes (Antilocapra americana) were investigated from September, 1963, to August, 1964. A total of 323 minutes of antelope feeding time were recorded on 13 species of plants at 10 stations during the summer, fall, and winter. Forbs accounted for 36 percent of the observed antelope diet, browse 2 percent, cactus 40 percent, and grasses 22 percent. No accurate estimate of winter wheat consumption could be made, but antelopes spend considerable time on winter wheat in the late fall, winter, and spring. The selection of transplant sites in Kansas will not be restricted to areas where browse is available but can include sites where forbs, cactus, and grass are abundant. In several such areas, cooperative transplant agreements have been made. The presently occupied range of roughly 250,000 acres appears able to support several hundred antelopes. (AA) Copyright 1968 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Antilocapridae pronghorn food habits.
LOCATION: 2463 MAM
538. Hofmeyr, J.M. 1984. The capture of wild herbivores for restocking purposes. Acta Zool. Fenn. 172:223-224.
ABSTRACT: In southern Africa the capture and translocation of wild herbivores have become important conservation tools for the restocking and management of national parks, game reserves and game farms. To date, thousands of herbivores totalling 32 species have been captured by mechanical and chemical methods. The advent of modern technology and the use of potent narcotics and neuroleptics, have greatly facilitated capture operations. Examples include the immobilization of over 2,000 square-lipped rhinos by the Natal Parks Board for stocking purposes; the airlift of 74 roan antelope immobilized for 4-6 h and transported 340 nautical miles to the Etosha National Park; the large-scale capture of gregarious species with the Oelofse plastic corral method; and the use of the neuroleptic haloperidol to facilitate the transportation of several species. In Namibia 20 species have been translocated which include rare animals such as the black rhino, roan antelope, sable antelope, and Black-faced impala introduced into protected areas, where they are bred for restocking of game farms. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Rhinocerotidae Aepyceros petersi Ceratotherium simum Diceros bicornis Hippotragus equinus Hippotragus niger South Africa review paper.
LOCATION: 2616 MAM
539. Hofmeyr, J.M., and J.R. de Bruine. 1973. The problems associated with the capture, translocation and keeping of wild ungulates in South West Africa. Lammergeyer 18:21-29.
ABSTRACT: In order to select optimum conditions and derive maximum benefit from game capture operations, climatological factors, the reproductive status of animals and their breeding seasons are taken into account. Some of the problems encountered and the means by which they were overcome in the capture of three rare species, the black rhinoceros, the roan antelope, and the black-faced impala, are discussed. The application of physiological principles, the importance of husbandry in captured animals, the need for specialised equipment, and the role of modern technology in capture and translocation procedures, are dealt with. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Rhinocerotidae Aepyceros petersi Diceros bicornis Hippotragus equinus methodology.
LOCATION: 3080 MAM
540. Hofmeyr, J.M., H. Ebedes, R.E.M. Fryer, and J.R. de Bruine. 1975. The capture and translocation of the black rhinoceros Diceros bicornis Linn. in South West Africa. Madoqua 9(2): 35-44.
ABSTRACT: Between 1970 and 1972 43 black rhinoceroses Diceros bicornis Linn., were darted from a helicopter and transferred to the Etosha National Park, where they have become well established and now constitute a viable population. Using an etorphine/azaperone combination, a mean immobilisation time of 8 min. 22 s was obtained. A multi-lift system fitted to the transport vehicle facilitated the loading of rhinos in difficult terrain. Clinical observations, immobilisation data, sex, and estimated age of the rhinos captured are presented and discussed. Serum transaminase values are obtained from nine of the rhinos captured. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1970's methodology.
LOCATION: 3083 MAM
541. Holler, N.R., and D.W. Mason. 1987. Reestablishment of Perdido Key and Choctawhatchee Beach mice into areas of unoccupied critical habitat. J. Ala. Acad. Sci. 58(3):66.
ABSTRACT: The Perdido Key beach mouse (Peromyscus polionotus trissyllepsis) and Choctawhatchee beach mouse (P. p. allophrys) are federally classified as endangered. The Perdido Key beach mouse (PK BM) exists only as a remnant population of less than 40 individuals at Florida Point on the west end of Perdido Key. The Choctawhatchee beach mouse (C BM) occurs as two disjunct populations; one on Shell Island near Panama City, FL, the other on the Topsail Hill area east of Destin, FL. Both populations are substantial; however, the Topsail Hill population is threatened by development. Unoccupied areas of critical habitat exist for both subspecies on publicly owned land, and recovery of the mice would be greatly enhanced if their respective ranges could be significantly expanded into these protected lands. A cooperative relocation program, supported by the Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, National Park Service, and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, has been initiated. Three pairs of PK BM were transferred to a large enclosure on Gulf Islands National Seashore, Perdido Key on 16 November 1986. An additional pair was transferred to the enclosure on 13 January 1987. The enclosure was opened on 9 February 1987; there were earlier escapes and evidence of movement into and out of the enclosure by the mice. Eight pairs of C BM were transferred from Shell Island to Grayton Beach State Recreation Area on 29-30 January. These mice were placed into four small enclosures which were opened on 31 January 1987. Observations on 3 March 1987 revealed an abundance of mouse sign in primary dune habitat at the release site. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Muridae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3187 MAM
542. Holler, N.R., D.W. Mason, R.M. Dawson, T. Simons, and M.C. Wooten. 1989. Reestablishment of the Perdido Key Beach Mouse (Peromyscus polionotus trissyllepsis) on Gulf Islands National Seashore. Conserv. Biol. 3:397-404.
ABSTRACT: In April 1986, the endangered Perdido Key beach mouse (Peromyscus polionotus tissyllepsis) existed only as a small population of less than 30 animals on the western end of Perdido Key at Gulf State Park, Alabama. This population was vulnerable to extinction from a variety of causes. Fifteen pairs of mice from Alabama were moved approximately 20 km on the same island to Gulf Islands National Seashore, Florida, between November 1986 and April 1988. The Alabama population was surveyed by live-trapping before each removal and showed a large increase during this study. Eleven pairs of mice were released into enclosures to stimulate burrowing and reduce dispersal at the release site. The last four pairs were released unrestricted into the dune habitat. Trapping in July 1988 revealed that virtually all available dune habitat (11,000 linear m; approximately 160 ha) had been occupied by the mice. Fifty-five individuals were captured including four of the released mice. Exchanges between the populations are recommended to prevent loss of genetic diversity. Future research should investigate demographics, dispersal patterns, and the application of DNA fingerprinting techniques to determine rates of gene flow in the population. The Perdido Key beach mouse provides an excellent model for studying the effects of a population bottleneck on genetic diversity and testing the predictions of population viability analysis. (AA) Reprinted by permission of the Society of Conservation Biology and Blackwell Scientific Publications, Inc.
KEY WORDS: Muridae 1980's recovery surveys translocation.
LOCATION: 2960 MAM
543. Hoover, J.P., A.E. Castro, and M.A. Nieves. 1985. Serologic evaluation of vaccinated American river otters. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 187:1162-1165.
ABSTRACT: The Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation acquired 20 American river otters (Lutra canadensis) between 1984 and 1985 for reintroduction into Oklahoma waterways. In 1985, 10 otters were evaluated for serum antibody titers after vaccination with canine distemper virus, canine adenovirus type 2, canine parvovirus (CPV), feline panleukopenia virus (FPV), feline rhinotracheitis virus (FRV), and feline calicivirus. Prevaccination serum-virus neutralization (SVN) antibody to feline rhinotracheitis virus was found in two otters and to feline calicivirus in one otter. Using an indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) assay, prevaccination antibody to CPV and FPV was found in two otters. A significant increase in SVN antibody titers was found after vaccination of otters with canine adenovirus type 2 (six of eight animals) and feline calicivirus (one of eight animals). One of eight otters developed significant antibody titers to CPV and FPV, as measured by IFA assay. Otters did not develop SVN antibody titers to canine distemper virus after vaccination. Antigens of feline leukemia virus, using ELISA, or antibodies to feline infectious peritonitis, using IFA assay, were not found in the 20 otters. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2737 MAM
544. Hoover, J.P., C.R. Root, and M.A. Zimmer. 1984. Clinical evaluation of American river otters in a reintroduction study. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 185:1321-1326.
ABSTRACT: The American river otters (Lutra canadensis) were evaluated clinically before release into Oklahoma waterways. Otters were immobilized for physical, radiographic, and electrocardiographic examinations and for collection of blood samples. Hematologic and serum biochemical analyzeds, urinalyses, parasitologic examinations, surgical omental biopsies, and necropsy findings were included. Respiratory tract disease, bacterial and parasitic infections, and starvation apparently were contributing causes of postrelease mortality in 4 of the otters. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2736 MAM
545. Hoover, J.P., R.J. Bahr, M.A. Nieves, R.T. Doyle, M.A. Zimmer, and S.E. Lauzon. 1985. Clinical evaluation and prerelease management of American river otters in the second year of a reintroduction study. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 187: 1154-1161.
ABSTRACT: In the first year (1984) of a reintroduction study, 10 American river otters (Lutra canadensis) from Louisiana were transported to Oklahoma, held for 5 days for clinical evaluation, surgical implantation with intra-abdominal radiotelemetry devices, and then released in Oklahoma. Four of 10 otters released died within 32 days. Clinical evaluation indicated that respiratory tract disease, bacterial and parasitic infections, and inanition may have contributed to the death of these otters. In the second year (1985) of the study, an exotic feline diet were fed, and the holding period for 10 otters was increased to provide time for evaluation and treatment before surgery, postsurgical acclimation to Oklahoma, and reevaluation before release. Although the initial clinical findings on otters in the second year were similar to those found in the first year, otter body weights increased, and the prevalence and severity of clinical abnormalities decreased with treatment during the second-year holding period. Three of 10 second-year otters died during the holding period, and contributing causes of death were determined to be: trauma (hepatic hematoma), inanition, renal disease, pneumonia, salmonellosis (Salmonella anatum), and a retropharyngeal abscess (Klebsiella pneumoniae). Seven healthy otters were reintroduced into Oklahoma in 1985, and postrelease deaths were not experienced. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's wild-caught.
LOCATION: 2734 MAM
546. Houston, B.R., T.W. Clark, and S.C. Minta. 1986. Habitat suitability index model for the black-footed ferret Mustela nigripes a method to locate transplant sites. Great Basin Nat. Mem. 8:99-114.
ABSTRACT: A Habitat Suitability Index Model (HSI), following the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service HSI Model Series, is described for the black-footed ferret. The literature on which the model is based is reviewed, and model assumptions and structure are discussed. A realistic model is specified with variables and their functions that embody the critical spatial and resource heterogeneity characteristic of the broad geographic environment ferrets occupy. It assumes that ferrets can meet year-round habitat requirements within prairie dog colonies providing: (1) prairie dog colonies are large enough, (2) burrows are numerous enough, and (3) adequate numbers of prairie dogs and alternate prey are available. Five habitat variables are identified: V1 is the frequency distribution of colony sizes, V2 is the total area of colonies, V3 is burrow opening density, V4 is intercolony distance, and V5 is prairie dog density. Variables are compensatory. As more data become available and our understanding of ferrets expands, the basic model design can readily incorporate improvements without radical restructuring. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 2959 MAM
547. Howard, P.C. 1984. Rationalising the translocation of reedbuck. Lammergeyer 32:25-34.
ABSTRACT: Since 1978, 1500 reedbuck have been moved from the Eastern Shores of Lake St. Lucia to reserves and private land in all four provinces of South Africa. A postal questionnaire was used to monitor the success of these translocations. Together with observations made on selected recipient farms in Natal, and evidence of the reedbuck's ability for natural dispersal, the replies indicate that the present programme could be improved. Some policy recommendations are made in the belief that the establishment of a few major reintroduction centres would achieve the desired goals more effectively than the present programme where animals are scattered far and wide. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Redunca arundinium 1970's 1980's questionnaires surveys.
LOCATION: 3079 MAM
548. Irby, L.R., and T.A. Andryk. 1987. Evaluation of a mountain sheep transplant in north-central Montana. J. Environ. Manage. 24:337-346.
ABSTRACT: The efficacy of using transplants versus encouraging natural recolonization of unoccupied mountain sheep habitat along the East Slope of the Rocky Mountains in Montana was evaluated using information available from response to an epizootic in herds established by transplanting and by colonizing sheep were similar, and did not vary significantly from those observed in established herds in the same mountain complex. Transplanting sheep in this situation appears to have accelerated reoccupation of historic sheep ranges by 40 years. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae bighorn sheep transplant colonization Ovis canadensis
LOCATION: 2543 (1047) MAM
549. Jackson, P.F.R. 1972. Black rhinos moved 600 miles to sanctuary in Rhodesia. Biol. Conserv. 4:226-227.
ABSTRACT: In response to low population numbers and heavy poaching, 41 black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis) were moved from areas in Rhodesia to a sanctuary in the south at Gona-re-Zhou. Animals were drugged and transported by truck to the sanctuary. The Rhodesian Department of National Parks and Wildlife Management is reportedly moving more rhinos to the sanctuary. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae Zimbabwe.
LOCATION: 2901 MAM
550. Jainudeen, M.R., and M. Khan. 1977. The immobilization and translocation of wild Asian elephant, Elephas maximus in peninsular Malaysia. Kajian Vet. 9(1):1-7.
ABSTRACT: The drug immobilization technique for the capture and translocation of wild elephants (Elephas maximus) is described. Doses of 2.7 mg to 8.6 mg of etorphine hydrochloride alone or in combination with acepromazine satisfactorily immobilized 9 out of 11 animals. Two capture related deaths were recorded. This technique proved to be safe and was a very practical method for elephants located in the dense vegetation and swampy conditions in Malaysia. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Elephantidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2784 MAM
551. Jalkotzy, M.G. 1982. Reintroduction of river otters in Kananaskis Country, Alberta. M.E. Des. Thesis. Univ. Calgary. 165pp.
ABSTRACT: The feasibility of reintroducing river otters (Lutra canadensis) in Kananaskis County, Alberta was evaluated there by examining river otter ecology and the historical occurrence and potential habitats of river otters. The suitability of individual watersheds for reintroduction purposes was assessed and reintroduction sites were ranked. A river otter reintroduction was recommended. A reintroduction strategy was formulated by evaluating the options available regarding sources of river otters, transportation and handling, release types and timing, and post-release monitoring. The approval process and difficulties encountered during it are discussed. The first year of the project's implementation is summarized, including a discussion of stress related mortality encountered during the implementation. Recommendations regarding future work and a brief retrospective review of the entire project are presented. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae.
LOCATION: 2911 MAM
552. Jameson, R.J., K.W. Kenyon, A.M. Johnson, and H.M. Wight. 1982. History and status of translocated sea otter populations in North America. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 10:100-107.
ABSTRACT: Seven hundred and eight sea otters (Enhydra lutris) captured in Alaska were translocated from 1965-1972 in efforts to reestablish this species in parts of its range from which it was extirpated during the fur hunting period in the 18th and 19th centuries. In Alaska, 467 sea otters were translocated to several locations from 1965-1969. During the period 1969-1972, 89 sea otters were translocated to British Columbia; 59 otters were released in Washington in 1969-1970. During 1970-1971, 93 sea otters were released in Oregon. At the Pribilofs no reproduction was observed and few, if any, otters now remain there; the southeastern Alaskan population is established; 479 otters were counted in 1975; 70 otters, including some pups, were observed in 1977 in British Columbia; 36 otters, including one pup, eight were observed in Washington in 1981; and reproduction was observed in Oregon and a high count in 1973 indicated 23 otters, but in 1981 only one was found. It is expected that this colony will disappear. (AA) Copyright 1982 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Alaska British Columbia Washington Oregon 1960's 1970's 1980's translocation emigration.
LOCATION: 130 MAM
553. Jameson, R.J., K.W. Kenyon, S. Jeffries, and G.R. VanBlaricom. 1986. Status of a translocated sea otter population and its habitat in Washington. Murrelet 67:84-87.
ABSTRACT: During the summers of 1969 and 1970, the Alaska Department of Fish and Game and the Washington Department of Game translocated 59 sea otters from Amchitka Island, Alaska, to release sites in Washington (Jameson et al. 1982, Wildl. Soc. Bull. 10:100-107). Of the 29 released near Pt. Grenville in 1969, 16 are known to have died. In 1970, 30 otters were held in a floating enclosure anchored near James Island, off La Push. They were released nearby in excellent condition on 21 July 1970. Results of surveys from 1977 to 1981 were reported by Jameson et al. (1982). The purpose of this note is to report subsequent additional observations for 1983 and 1985 on the abundance, distribution, and habitat of the sea otter population in Washington. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Enhydra lutris Mustelidae 1960's 1970's surveys.
LOCATION: 2557 MAM
554. Jefferies, D. 1984. The otters return. Nat. World (Lond) 11:10-12.
ABSTRACT: Populations of the Eurasian otter began to seriously decline in Great Britain in 1957, when organochlorine insecticides gained popularity in agriculture. Since then, waterway pollution has decreased due to insecticide bans, but large areas of suitable habitat still remain free of otters. To investigate if this lack of recolonization was due to a deficiency of local animals, a group of three captive-bred otters (2 females, 1 male) from the Otter Trust were released into a riparian area in Suffolk in July 1983. Within six weeks they built up a range of over nine miles of waterway, and within a year their range had expanded to over 20 miles. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Lutra lutra 1980's dispersal telemetry
LOCATION: 3226 MAM
555. Jefferies, D.J., and H.M. Hanson. 1987. The minsmere otter release and information gained from a detailed examination and analysis of the two casualties. Otters 2(1):19-29.
ABSTRACT: Four groups of otters bred by the Otter Trust were released between 1983 and 1985 in several areas to strengthen and try to hold the declining otter population of East Anglia. The only two known mortalities of released otters occurred in the fourth group of otters that were released at the Minsmere Reserve in Suffolk. Both otters, an adult male and a male cub, were accidentally killed by motor vehicles in January and February 1987, respectively. Both animals were in excellent condition at the time of death and pollutant levels in their tissues were low. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Lutra lutra 1980's
LOCATION: 4019 MAM
556. Jefferies, D.J., P. Wayre, R.M. Jessop, A.J. Mitchell-Jones, and R. Medd. 1984. The composition, age, size and pre-release treatment of the groups of otters Lutra lutra used in the first releases of captive-bred stock in England. Otters 1(8): 11-16.
ABSTRACT: In any restocking programme by release of either wild or captive-bred stock into a chosen area, the composition, age, and size of the group to be released has to be decided. In situations where such a restocking becomes a conservational necessity, the release of single individuals of either sex is seldom worthwhile as the aim is to form a breeding unit as quickly as possible. The paper concerns the choice of group size, its age and composition, and the immediate pre-release treatment technique, together with the examination of the otters used and their weights and measurements. (AI)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Eurasian otter 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 2934 MAM
557. Jefferies, D.J., P. Wayre, R.M. Jessop, and A.J. Mitchell-Jones. 1986. Reinforcing the native otter Lutra lutra population in East Anglia: an analysis of the behaviour and range development of the first release group. Mammal Rev. 16: 65-79.
ABSTRACT: The British population of the Eurasian Otter Lutra lutra has shown a serious decline since 1957-1958. In England the surviving population is broken into small fragments which may not be viable. One way to strengthen the population to enable it to recover would be to insert breeding units into the gaps. A practical methodology using captive-bred otters in groups of three is described. This was tested successfully in 1983-1985 in East Anglia, with the first two release groups now breeding. The male in the 1983 group was tracked using a radio harness to be sure of survival and to monitor behaviour and use the environment. Data were obtained on the development of a home range in the new environment. Also, useful information was gathered on swimming and hunting speeds, time of emergence, distance travelled each night, activity periods and time spent in each habitat. This behaviour is compared to that of previously tracked wild otters in Scotland. The very close similarity of many features is encouraging and results may be taken as indicative of the behaviour of wild otters in lowland Britain. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2980 MAM
558. Jessup, D.A., R. Mohr, and B. Feldman. 1982. A comparison of four methods for capturing bighorn. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.21-25.
ABSTRACT: Wherever bighorn occur, wildlife professionals need to increase management activities. Management activities include marking or tagging individuals in a population to study range usage, migration patterns, or reproductive success; sampling or treating diseased individuals; or removing surplus animals from healthy populations to start new herds. All such activities require capturing of animals. Advances in pharmacology and technology have made capture and transport of bighorn feasible, although costs and capture-associated mortalities have frequently plagued bighorn management efforts. No single method of capture has proven best for all management objectives, weather conditions, habitat conditions, terrain types and herd compositions. By comparing capture success rates, morbidity, mortality and physiologic effects of various capture techniques on serum enzyme, metabolite and hormone levels, we intend to supply wildlife professionals in the western U.S. with information that will allow them to more safely and efficiently manage bighorn. We currently are collecting data and blood samples from bighorn captured for various purposes and by various means in as many of the western states with bighorn populations as wish to participate in our study. Although we analyze the costs effectiveness of our own capture efforts, we do not propose to do this outside California. This study, funded by a grant from a private conservation organization, will include an extensive literature review of bighorn capture stress, capture myopathy and capture efforts, as well as field studies of current bighorn capture efforts and therapeutic approaches to dealing with capture-associated medical problems. When completed in 1983, results of this study will be provided free of charge to interested parties. This paper, which compares previous bighorn capture efforts in California, will illustrate the manner in which we intend to compare methods currently being used to capture bighorn in the western United States. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis californiana 1970's 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 3251 MAM. 3251
559. Jingfors, K.T. 1980. Habitat relationships and activity patterns of a reintroduced muskox population. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Alaska, Fairbanks. 125 pp.
ABSTRACT: A reintroduced muskox herd in arctic Alaska was studied over a 2-year period to assess seasonal changes in activity patterns and feeding behavior. This large herd showed high calving rates and early breeding in females, characteristic of a rapidly expanding population. Age- and sex-specific differences in activity budgets reflect seasonal energy demands of the different cohorts. Comparison with high arctic muskoxen shows that characteristics of suckling behavior provide a more sensitive indicator of differences in range quality than does variation in summer activity patterns. In summer, muskoxen appear to select vegetation types on the basis of abundance and phenological stage of preferred forage species; snow characteristics strongly influence habitat selection in winter. The herd remained within a limited home range with overlapping seasonal ranges and a distinct calving area. The restricted movements and conservative activity budgets permit minimization of energy expenditure and forage requirements, allowing for a year-long existence in areas of low primary productivity. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's Ovibos muschatus.
LOCATION: 210 MAM
560. Jingfors, K.T. 1982. Seasonal activity budgets and movements of a reintroduced Alaskan muskox herd. J. Wildl. Manage. 46:344-350.
ABSTRACT: Daily activity budgets and group movement rates were recorded on a seasonal basis during 1978-1980 for a reintroduced muskox (Ovibos moschatus) herd in arctic Alaska. Muskoxen spent more time lying than in any other activity. Resting periods in early and late winter and during calving were longer (P < 0.05) than during other seasons. Seasonal movements of the herd were limited. The lowest movement rates ( = 0.66 km/day) were during calving and the highest ( = 9.9 km/day) during periods of severe insect harassment. The localized movements of this herd should be considered when trying to minimize the potential impacts of oil exploratory and developmental activities within the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. (AA) Copyright 1982 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's 1980's behavior dispersal.
LOCATION: 3136 MAM
561. Johnson, R., and B. Moorhead. 1982. Trapping and transplanting mountain goats in Washington State. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.106-114.
ABSTRACT: A variety of techniques has been used to capture mountain goats in Washington State including use of Clover traps, rope snares and dropnets. In 1981, "Operation Goatlift" required a technique to capture and remove 50 or more goats from Klahhane Ridge, Olympic National Park. The technique selected was a 12 x 12 m dropnet. The net was manually triggered but designed for remote triggering if goats became too spooky. Between 29 June and 8 July, 52 goats were trapped and transported to three sites in-state and two sites out-of-state. Under the direction of a veterinarian, all goats were given a variety of medications to counter capture myopathy and infections. Mountain goats were captured and transported in groups of 10 or 11. They were loaded into wooden shipping crates (1.2 x 1.2 x 0.4 m) at the capture site and transferred by helicopter 4 km to trucks. Up to 4 m tons of crushed ice per truck were packed in and around shipping crates in transit. No mortalities were experienced during the operation. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 2636 MAM
562. Johnson, R.L. 1980. Re-introduction of bighorn sheep in Washington. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.106-112.
ABSTRACT: Native populations of California and Rocky Mountain bighorn (Ovis canadensis californiana and canadensis) were extirpated from Washington State about 1925. In 1957, California bighorns were obtained from British Columbia and re-introduced to Okanogan County. Washington State obtained Rocky Mountain bighorns in 1972 from Alberta and re-introduced them to the northeastern corner of the State. Methods of trapping and transplanting these sheep to other areas of the state are discussed. Limited entry 3/4 curl ram hunting was initiated in 1966 and has expanded as sheep populations increased. California bighorns have been successfully re-introduced to 10 locations in Washington, and Rocky Mountain bighorns to 2 locations. Washington's current mountain sheep population includes 500 California bighorns and nearly 50 Rocky Mountain bighorns. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1950's 1960's 1970's methodology.
LOCATION: 2414 (2740) MAM
563. Jones, R.D., Jr. 1966. Raising caribou for an Aleutian introduction. J. Wildl. Manage. 30:453-460.
ABSTRACT: Caribou calves captured in 1958 and 1959 in interior Alaska were moved to Adak Island in the central Aleutians, where they were held about 2 months in semi-domesticity and released. Bottle-feeding and methods of care are described. Since their release the original 23 have expanded to 83 animals in five reproductive seasons. The herd is now wild in disposition, produces unusually large animals with commensurate antler growth, and is free of the parasites associated with native herds. (AA) Copyright 1966 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1950's behavior Rangifer tarandus.
LOCATION: 2456 MAM
564. Jungius, H. 1978. Criteria for the reintroduction of threatened species into parts of their former range. Pages 342-352 in P. Scott, chairman. Threatened deer. Int. Union Conserv. Nat. & Nat. Resour., Morges, Switzerland.
ABSTRACT: This paper discusses the different objectives and consequences of introductions. The basic requirements for well planned reintroduction programmes are outlined. These programmes should include: a feasibility study, a preparatory phase, the actual reintroduction by releasing animals, and a follow-up programme. The feasibility of reintroducing threatened deer species is also evaluated. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae technique.
LOCATION: 2831 MAM
565. Jungius, H. 1978. Plan to restore Arabian oryx in Oman. Oryx 14:329-336.
ABSTRACT: The Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) is believed to have been extinct in the wild since 1972. A 1977 feasibility study of the Jiddat al Harasis in Oman as a potential oryx reintroduction site concluded that the area was suitable for a reintroduction. Oryx biology and habitat characteristics of the Jiddat al Harasis are presented. Reintroduced animals should be protected by guards and individuals for reintroduction be obtained from different breeding centers to ensure the greatest possible genetic diversity. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae.
LOCATION: 2974 MAM
566. Jungius, H. 1982. The return of the white oryx. Wildlife (Lond.) 24(5):170-173.
ABSTRACT: The Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) was reportedly exterminated in Oman in the early 1960's by motorized hunting parties. The oryx is not found anywhere else in its range in the Arabian peninsula and the Near East. In spring 1980, five oryx from the Arabian Oryx World Herd were flown from the United States and penned at Jiddat al Harasis in southern Oman. Four more oryx arrived from the United States in December 1980 and were integrated with the group in the enclosure. One female was bitten by a carpet viper and later died; another gave birth to a female calf. This first herd of oryx was released from the enclosure in winter 1982, and several of the adults were radio-collared. Wardens protect and keep track of the movements of the herd. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2692 MAM
567. Keay, J.A., J.A. Wehausen, C.D. Hargis, R.A. Weaver, and T.E. Blankinship. 1987. Mountain sheep reintroduction in the central Sierra: a cooperative effort. Trans. West. Sect. Wildl. Soc. 23:60-64.
ABSTRACT: Mountain sheep (Ovis canadensis) in the Sierra Nevada once were distributed from Jawbone Canyon to Sonora Pass. Central Sierra herds disappeared by 1880, probably because of overhunting, competition from domestic livestock for forage, and disease transmission from livestock. Efforts to reestablish sheep populations in the central Sierra began in 1983, soon after two other successful reintroductions in the southern Sierra. This effort was driven by a common goal uniting biologists from three federal agencies, one state agency, one university, and two diverse private interest groups. A formalized working group, sound data and management procedures, planning, and a supportive constituency within and outside the agencies provided the driving force to permit reintroduction. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae bighorn sheep California 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3148 MAM
568. Kelly, W.E. 1981. History of bighorn transplants on the Humboldt National Forest - Part 1. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp. 7-9.
ABSTRACT: Bighorn populations began to decline in the early 1900's and both the Rocky Mountain and California races of bighorn became extinct from the Forest by the mid-1930's. The cause of this die-off was attributed to habitat alteration and to the disease and parasites carried by domestic sheep. The re-establishment of bighorn populations into their historic ranges on the Humboldt National Forest began in January of 1975 when 16 Rocky Mountain bighorn from Wyoming were released into the Smith Creek Drainage of Mount Moriah. When this release took place, the Memorandum of Understanding between the Department and the FS had just been approved by the Director and the Regional Forester. The Memorandum outlined guidelines each agency was to follow for the introduction or reintroduction of wildlife populations. Using these guidelines three environmental assessments have been prepared. All three of these areas now have populations of bighorn. Although we had communication problems, no one lost sight that the most important objective was to get bighorn back into their historic ranges. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis californiana Ovis canadensis mexicana Ovis canadensis nelsoni Ovis canadensis bighorn sheep California 1970's historical account.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
569. Kleiman, D.G. 1989. Reintroduction of captive mammals for conservation. Guidelines for reintroducing endangered species into the wild. BioScience 39:152-161.
ABSTRACT: The ultimate goal of most reintroductions is the establishment of both viable captive and free-ranging populations of a species and the development of simple, inexpensive methods of moving animals back and forth between captivity and the wild for genetic management. Reintroduction is one of several ways to manage an endangered species and can be an important conservation strategy if guidelines are followed. Reintroduction should never override other approaches to conservation, but it must work in tandem with them. (AC)
KEY WORDS: Education habitat monitoring release.
LOCATION: 2990 (1361) MAM
570. Kleiman, D.G., B.B. Beck, J.M. Dietz, L.A. Dietz, J.D. Ballou, and A.F. Coimbra-Filho. 1986. Conservation program for the Golden Lion Tamarin: captive research and management, ecological studies, educational strategies, and reintroduction. Pages 959-979 in K. Benirschke, ed. Primates: the road to self-sustaining populations. Springer-Verlag, New York.
ABSTRACT: This paper summarizes the conceptual framework and methodology of an integrated conservation program for the endangered Golden Lion Tamarin (Leontopithecus rosalia), including the preparation and reintroduction of captive-born Tamarins into the southeastern coastal rain forests of Brazil. To ensure the long-term conservation of the Golden Lion Tamarins and their primary habitat, we have pursued research on behavior, genetics, medical problems, and management of the species in captivity; protection of remaining forest and restoration of degraded habitat within the species' original range; professional and public education in the areas of wildlife management and conservation biology; and field studies of the behavioral ecology of the species, with regular censuses of the remaining wild population. This program exemplifies the potential for fruitful interactions between zoo and field conservation efforts and is a unique case where collaborative efforts on an international scale have saved an endangered species from certain extinction. See also Kleiman et al., Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums, 1985 Annu. Conf. Proc. pp.60-62 and Kleiman et al., Pages 959-979 in Benirschke, K. (ed.). Primates: the road to self-sustaining populations. Springer-Verlag, New York. (AA,LCA)
KEY WORDS: Callitrichidae 1970's 1980's historical account.
LOCATION: 2817 MAM
571. Klein, D.R. 1988. The establishment of muskox populations by translocation. Pages 298-318 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee. ABSTRACT: Muskoxen (Ovibos moschatus) were once widely distributed throughout circumpolar regions. They became extinct in Siberia and Alaska and were greatly reduced in number and distribution in Canada in historic times. The translocation of muskoxen began in 1899 when two calves were captured in northeast Greenland for a zoological park in England. Whereas early capture of muskoxen was accomplished by shooting all the adults in a group prior to capture of the calves, more recently developed techniques using nets or projectile syringes have eliminated the practice of killing the adults. Muskoxen have been successfully reestablished in the wild in Alaska through translocations from Greenland initiated in 1930. In addition to Alaska, muskox populations have been established through translocations on the Taimyr Peninsula and Wrangel Island of Siberia, in northern Quebec, in west Greenland, and in Norway. Muskox populations established in the wild since the late 1960s in Alaska, Siberia, Quebec, and west Greenland have all experienced high rates of increase. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae historical account.
LOCATION: 3104 MAM
572. Knudsen, G.J., and J.B. Hale. 1965. Movements of transplanted beavers in Wisconsin. J. Wildl. Manage. 29:685-688. ABSTRACT: From 1951 to 1957, 2,200 beavers Castor canadensis were livetrapped in north and central Wisconsin, ear-tagged, and moved to new release sites. Recaptures totaled 472. Mean movement distances of recaptured beavers transplanted to streams were more than twice as long as for beavers transplanted to potholes and lakes. This relationship held true for both sexes. Landlocked waters are recommended as the best release sites for transplants. (AA) Copyright 1965 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Castoridae 1950's.
LOCATION: 2402 MAM
573. Kojola, I., M. Nieminen, and M. Helminen. 1985. Successful reintroduction of wild forest reindeer in Finland. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 17:125-132.
ABSTRACT: The wild forest reindeer (Rangifer tarandus fennicus Lonnberg) reappeared in Finland in the 1950's after an absence of 30 years. In the past it was common all over Finland, but now it mainly inhabits a small area in Eastern Finland (64o N). The extinction was probably due to uncontrolled hunting. The Finnish stock (500-600 reindeer in winter, considerably less in summer) is today a part of a larger population (about 7,000-8,000 individuals) living mainly in Soviet Karelia. This wild reindeer may rather freely join the semi-domesticated population (R. t. tarandus L.) in Kuhmo. The aim of the reintroduction project was to give rise to a population living in the traditional wild forest reindeer area and far from the reindeer herding area. In 1979-80 reindeer were baited using hay and lichens feed lines into a corral in Kuhmo. A total of 20 reindeer were captured and 10 adult females and 3 males were transported to Kivijarvi, Central Finland (63o N), approx. 500 km distant, by road. Four reindeer died of capture stress during the course of this translocation project. The effects of capture and transportation on physiological parameters were studied. The observed changes in blood glucose and lactate, serum sodium, urea and enzyme activities (ASAT, LDH, CPK) indicated stress. The body temperature (Trec) of wild forest reindeer rose 0.5o C (Nieminen & Laitinen, Suomen Riista 30:34-43, 1983). The reindeer were kept in a 15 hectare enclosure in Kivijarvi and fed mainly on special reindeer feeds, lichens, molasses, leaves of various tree. species and hay. Together 26 calves (12 females and 14 males) have been born in captivity (6 died). The behaviour of the enclosed group was observed in 1980-1983. The rut and calving seasons took place one week earlier in 1981-83 than in 1980. We suppose, that the artificial feeding caused the transition. The calves were released at the age of 1.5 year after being marked with a throat collar (females) and ear tags. In the enclosure reindeer were captured using a foot-nose or syringe weapon equipped with Domosedan R as anesthetic (dosage 300 ug/kg). The captivity period finished in summer 1984. At least 15 calves were born in the wild in 1982-1984. At present about 50 reindeer inhabit the area of 500 km2 in Central Finland. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2635 MAM
574. Kojola, I., M. Nieminen, and M. Helminen. 1987. Occurrence and group size of reintroduced wild forest reindeer (Rangifer tarandus fennicus) in central Finland. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18:90.
ABSTRACT: A total of 10 wild reindeer (two stages, eight hinds) were transported in 1979-80 from Eastern Finland to 15-hectare enclosure in Central Finland. The enclosure was located at a distance of about 300 km from the capture area. Yearling reindeer were introduced outside the enclosure during 1981-83. Enclosed old individuals were released in 1984. Present numbers consist of about 60-65 individuals inhabiting two protected areas (Salamajarvi National Park and Salamanpera Natural Park) totalling 7,300 hectares. In 1984-85 summer dispersion of reindeer seemed somewhat wider than in 1986. One old female wandered back to Eastern Finland. In winters, 30-40 reindeer gathered in the northeastern part of the Salamanpera National Park, where they cratered out patchy ground lichen (Cladina spp.) in small islands of pine forests surrounded by large open fens. In summer, reindeer had grazed on those fens. We suggest that protected areas may offer nutritionally better balanced food for reindeer than the surrounding areas, where man carries out intensive forestry practices. Mean group size for various seasons are presented. Group size in summer has been significantly greater in the female segment than in the male segment of the population. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Cervidae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3253 MAM
575. Konstant, W.R., and R.A. Mittermeier. 1982. Introduction, reintroduction and translocation of Neotropical primates: past experiences and future possibilities. Int. Zoo Yearb. 22:69-77. ABSTRACT: One reintroduction, five introduction, and two translocation attempts with New World monkeys in South and Central America are reviewed. Based on the reviewed cases, the following recommendations are made for introduction, reintroduction, translocation, and rehabilitation of Neotropical primates: (1) introduction as a conservation tool should be avoided whenever possible, (2) the habitat at release sites should be intact and protected prior to reintroduction or translocation, (3) intact social groups or cohesive groupings should be released whenever possible, (4) released groups should be provisioned in their new habitats, (5) translocation of recently wild-caught individuals is preferable to releasing captive-raised animals, and (6) captive-breeding colonies of species unlikely to continue surviving in the wild need to be established to ensure species survival should suitable reintroduction habitat become available in the future. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Cebidae review paper.
LOCATION: 2655 MAM
576. Kopec, L.L. 1982. Cutoff bighorn transplant: the first two years. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.92-105.
ABSTRACT: A herd of Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis canadensis) was transplanted from Wildhorse Island to the Cutoff area near Paradise, Montana in January, 1979. Six of the 41 sheep were radio-collared, and several others were marked with rope collars or neck bands. Six sheep immigrated to the Cutoff area from a nearby herd, and five more rams were transplanted to the area in February, 1981. The population was estimated at 70 during winter 1980-81. The ewe:lamb ratio was 100:42 at the end of winter 1980-81. Reasons for the apparently low productivity are discussed. Daily movements averaged 0.6 km for ewes and 1.0 km for the radioed ram. Ewe daily movements were relatively constant through the year. The ram showed distinct seasonal variations, moving 1.6 km per day during the rut and 0.3 km per day in winter. Home ranges averaged 541 ha for the ewes and 798 ha for the ram. Ewe home ranges were the smallest during lambing (47 ha) and largest during fall (273 ha). The ram's home range was 21 ha in winter and 305 ha in spring. Ewe standard diameters were lowest during lambing (1.8 km), and the ram's standard diameter was lowest in winter (1.7 km). Both sexes ranged farthest during the rut, when the standard diameters were 5.0 for the ram and 3.1 for the ewes. Protostrongylus spp. larvae were present in feces at an average level of 1.7 larvae per gram. The pattern of range recolonization and dispersal is discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 2636 MAM
577. Kroll, R.W., and R.L. Meeks. 1985. Muskrat population recovery following habitat re-establishment near southwestern Lake Erie. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 13:483-486.
ABSTRACT: In 1972 and 1983, sustained high water levels in Lake Erie destroyed the shoreline marshes in the 1,775 ha Winous Point Shooting Club near southwestern Lake Erie, Ohio. Muskrat trapping harvest decreased to 10% (n = 376) of average harvest previous to the marsh loss. A 570-ha portion of the destroyed marsh was re-established by reconstructing dikes to permit water-level control. Drawdown management was used to restore suitable muskrat habitat in one growing season, and numbers of muskrat houses peaked the third year. Trapping data and muskrat house counts indicated that muskrats moved into the re-established habitat immediately and reproduced at high rates. As populations increased, reproduction decreased. Muskrat harvests were directly correlated to the area of emergent (especially cattail) vegetation. Managers of restored marshes should initially emphasize moist soil and shallow flooding management techniques to encourage perennials. Trapping can be permitted the first winter. Unscheduled drawdowns for access by heavy equipment can cause muskrat emigration and, if required, should be conducted when suitable habitat is available nearby. (AS) Copyright 1985 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Muridae Ondatra zibethicus.
LOCATION: 3141 MAM
578. Krunk, H., S. Miller, and A. Pike. 1986. Badger release. Scott. Wildl. 22(2):13-15.
ABSTRACT: The captive-bred colony of badgers (two 1.5-yr-old females, one 6.5-yr-old female, one 7.5-yr-old male) at the Institute of Terrestrial Ecology in Banchory was intentionally released when the captive studies were completed. These badgers successfully foraged without previous foraging experience in the wild. The success of the release may be partially attributed to the absence of a resident wild population in the release area. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae badger Meles meles 1980's Scotland captive-reared.
LOCATION: 3244 MAM
579. Laing, R. 1987. The reestablishment of the black-footed ferret to the Canadian prairie. Pages 293-297 in G.L. Holroyd, W.B. McGillivray, P.H.R. Stepney, D.M. Ealey, G.C. Trottier, and K.E. Eberhart, eds. Proc. of the workshop on endangered species in the prairie provinces. Prov. Mus. Alberta Nat. Hist. Occas. Pap. No. 9.
ABSTRACT: At present, no populations of black-footed ferrets (Mustela nigripes) are known to exist in Saskatchewan although they historically occurred there. Surveys of black-tailed prairie dog (Cynomys ludovicianus) colonies in southern Saskatchewan in the early 1970's and 1985 failed to yield any black-footed ferrets. An area in Saskatchewan has been evaluated as a potential ferret reintroduction site. A four-fold increase in the number of prairie dogs on the area would be necessary before the site could accommodate a black-footed ferret population. Reestablishment of the black-footed ferret in Canada will require preliminary field studies, habitat enhancement on the release site, and support for the captive breeding efforts in Wyoming and will be an expensive project. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae.
LOCATION: 2704 MAM
580. Le Henaff, D., and M. Crete. 1989. Introduction of muskoxen in northern Quebec: the demographic explosion of a colonizing herbivore. Can. J. Zool. 67:1102-1105.
ABSTRACT: Between 1973 and 1976, 42 muskoxen (Ovibos moschatus), mostly immature, were released northwest of Kuujjuaq, along the south shore of Ungava Bay. Helicopter censuses, complemented by ground observations, were conducted over 725 km2 in 1983 and 1986: 148 and 290 animals were counted during the first and second surveys, respectively. The finite rate of increase of the population averaged 1.25 during the 3-year interval; that rate indicates high fecundity and low mortality, because the maximum rate of increase is 1.30 if all animals survive and females first calve at 3 years of age and thereafter produce one calf each year. Ground observations confirmed a high productivity: calves constituted 26 and 23% of the population in 1983 and 1986, respectively: in terms of calves per 100 mature cows, the respective ratios were 97 and 86. Some animals dispersed up to 650 km from the area of release; populations may be establishing themselves in new locations. Muskoxen are now well established in the tundra of northern Quebec.
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovibos moschatus Quebec Canada 1970's
LOCATION: 4022 MAM
581. Lee, A.K., and R.W. Martin. 1988. Translocation of the koala to new habitat. Pages 152-190 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee. ABSTRACT: The effectiveness of current procedures for translocating koalas (Phascolarctos cinereus) to new habitat were investigated by radio-tracking four groups subsequent to their release at new locations. All groups were captured on French Island where the population is Chlamydia-free, and Eucalyptus viminalis and E. ovata are the principal food species. Two groups were released into mixed eucalypt forest where most Eucalyptus spp. were unfamiliar. Another group was released into upland forest where E. viminalis was the dominant species, and the final group was released onto Phillip Island in woodland similar to where they were captured. All sites had resident populations infected with C. psittaci. The survival and reproduction of koalas released into lowland E. viminalis - E. ovata woodland and mixed eucalypt forest appeared unaffected by translocation, but was subsequently reduced when individuals were infected with C. psittaci. Koalas tended to disperse following release, but this did not affect subsequent reproduction. Dispersal was least among females released into a woodland of familiar species. Familiarity between individuals in a group did not reduce the tendency to disperse. Some koalas released into mixed eucalypt forest chose unfamiliar but known food species, and this observation suggests that koalas may be translocated into a greater range of forest types than is presently practiced. The results of the translocation into highland forest are equivocal, but suggest that this is unsuitable. The presence of koalas infected with C. psittaci at sites of release will greatly affect the success of translocations. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Phascolarctidae Australia 1980's.
LOCATION: 3103 MAM
582. Lenarz, M.S., and W. Conley. 1980. Demographic considerations in reintroduction programs of bighorn sheep. Acta Theriol. 25:71-80.
ABSTRACT: The disappearance of bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) populations in western North America has stimulated several attempts at reintroducing bighorn onto historic ranges. Many of the early attempts failed because of an ignorance of bighorn behavior and demographic characteristics. Utilizing survival and fertility data available from the literature, a series of computer simulations were run to answer the question: "what is the optimum number and sex and age composition for sheep to utilize in a reintroduction attempt?". The optimum age at which to transplant sheep of both sexes is three years. The optimum number of females to use in a founding population is dependent on the desired rate of increase. A sex ratio of one is neither necessary nor desirable in the initial population. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae review paper.
LOCATION: 2760 MAM
583. Lentfer, J.W. 1955. A two-year study of the Rocky Mountain goat in the Crazy Mountains, Montana. J. Wildl. Manage. 19:417-429.
ABSTRACT: Rocky Mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus missoulae) were transplanted to the Crazy Mountains of southwestern Montana in April 1941 and April 1943. The population characteristics, movements, and reproduction of the herd originating from these releases were studied from March 1952 to October 1953. Ground and aerial censuses were conducted with the ground counts yielding three-quarters the number of animals counted in aerial surveys. In a September 1953 aerial census, 258 goats were counted, the largest count during the study period. Kid-adult ratios suggest an annual population increase of about one-third. The goats have established themselves 8-10 miles from the original introduction site. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1940's behavior longevity.
LOCATION: 2498 MAM
584. Leopold, B.D., and P.R. Krausman. 1983. Status of bighorn sheep in Texas. Tex. J. Sci. 35:157-159.
ABSTRACT: Native bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) last were observed in Texas in 1960. Attempts to reintroduce the bighorn to Texas have been largely unsuccessful, owing to predation and disease problems; however, escapes from the reintroduction experiment may account for infrequent sightings of bighorn sheep in Big Bend National Park between 1970 and 1980. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae review paper.
LOCATION: 2744 MAM
585. Leslie, D.M., Jr. 1980. Potential demographic consequences of transplants of desert bighorn sheep. Proc. Second Conf. Sci. Res. Natl. Parks 12:303-318.
ABSTRACT: Computer simulations were used to examine possible demographic consequences of removal of desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) from an established population and to examine population growth of the transplanted groups of sheep of various age and sex compositions. A discrete model with 22 variables was employed and was designed to mimic the annual cycle of natality and mortality of desert bighorn sheep. Basic assumptions that underpinned the model were derived primarily from empirical observations of the subspecies in the River Mountains of Lake Mead National Recreation Area, Nevada. Because specific data on certain aspects of survival and fecundity of desert bighorn sheep were lacking, information from literature on Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (O. c. canadensis) and domestic sheep (O. aires) was used. Fifty-one, 20-year simulations have been conducted to date. Generally, results of those simulations indicated that 1) removal of old sheep from an established population had the least impact, and 2) a transplant comprised of young to middle-aged ewes was likely to meet with the greatest success. That dichotomy can be reconciled by removal and transplantation of a group with females selected from all age classes. Superficially, results further suggested that a strategy of sustainable yield could be applied to populations of desert bighorn sheep. Unfortunately, those results did not account for year-to-year fluctuations in habitat quality, which may render lamb survival completely density-independent.. Given unpredictability in the food base of these large, desert herbivores, response of an established population to removal of individuals and growth of a transplanted group cannot be viewed within the realm of classic density-dependent idioms. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae distribution modeling.
LOCATION: 3067 MAM
586. Leslie, D.M., Jr. 1980. Remnant populations of desert bighorn sheep as a source for transplantation. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.36-44.
ABSTRACT: Simulation modeling was used to illustrate possible demographic changes that might be expected when desert bighorn sheep are removed from an established population and transplanted to new habitats. A discrete model having 22 variables was designed to mimic the annual cycle of natality and mortality of desert bighorn sheep. Fifty-one 20-year simulations have been conducted to date. Results indicated that 1) removal of old sheep from an established population had the least impact and 2) a transplant of young to middle-aged ewes was likely to meet with the greatest success. Given an unpredictable food base, response of an established population to removal of individuals and growth of a transplanted group cannot be viewed within the realm of classic density-dependent idioms. (See also Leslie, D. M., Jr., 1980, Proc. Second Conf. Sci. Res. Natl. Parks 12:303-318.) (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis nelsoni.
LOCATION: 3133 MAM
587. Leslie, D.M., Jr., and C.L. Douglas. 1986. Modeling demographics of bighorn sheep: current abilities and missing links. Trans. North Am. Wildl. and Natur. Resour. Conf. 51:62-73. ABSTRACT: A discrete population model was developed for desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) in the River Mountains of Nevada. Since 1969, 324 sheep have been removed from the River Mountains and translocated to other areas in Nevada and the Southwest. Simulations of the River Mountain herd using the actual numbers of sheep removed from 1973 to 1984 yielded lamb survival comparable to that observed for 1973 to 1980, but simulated survival differed from the actual thereafter. The trajectory of the modeled population from 1981 to 1984 was downward, possibly indicating excessive translocation removal from the herd. The model would be strengthened if more information on adult survival, fecundity, and carrying capacity were available. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae.
LOCATION: 2962 MAM
588. Lewis, J.C., E.H. McIlvain, R. McVickers, and B. Peterson. 1979. Techniques used to establish and limit prairie dog towns. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 59:27-30.
ABSTRACT: Techniques used to establish blacktail prairie dog (Cynomys ludovicianus) towns are described to assist persons planning to establish such colonies. Prairie dogs were captured in 1973-75 as they exited from burrows flooded by water and detergent. They were placed in holding cages in six 2.5 ha pastures fenced with poultry wire, held captive for 3-12 days, and then permitted to escape. Our goal of 10 prairie dogs overwintering per ha was reached in winter 1975-76. Prairie dogs that moved to pastures adjacent to the release area were gassed or were repelled by using R-55 and placing visual barriers around burrows. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae Oklahoma 1970's translocation.
LOCATION: 26 MAM
589. Long, A.J. 1980. An unsuccessful bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis canadensis) transplant on the middle fork of the Powder River, Oregon. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.168-187.
ABSTRACT: In 1974, bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis canadensis) were transplanted by the Wyoming Game and Fish Department into the Middle Fork of the Powder River located in the southern Bighorn Mountains. A total of 127 bighorn sheep had been introduced into the area, however, by late summer 1978, only 16 individuals were observed. Lungworm treatments were begun in winter 1977-78, resulting in reduced lungworm larvae (Protostrongylus stilesi and P. rushi) counts. The treatment did not increase lamb survival. Ewe-lamb behavior was recorded during the summers from 1976 until 1978. Changes through the summer were noted for suckling intensity and time spent playing, resting, and feeding on vegetation. A factor which may have influenced the bighorn sheep's decline was competition with elk (Cervus canadensis) and mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus). Forage quantity and quality were also possible limiting factors. Comparisons are made between the Middle Fork of the Powder River introduction and two other Wyoming introductions. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2740 MAM
590. Macpherson, A.H. 1970. Caribou for Southampton Island, Northwest Territories. Biol. Conserv. 1:86-87.
ABSTRACT: The last barren-ground caribou (Rangifer tarandus) on Southampton Island in northern Hudson Bay was shot in 1952. In June 1967, the Canadian Wildlife Service captured caribou from Coats Island, 135 km from Southampton Island, to restock Southampton Island. Animals were drugged by projectile syringe fired from a helicopter. Calves were caught with noose poles after their mothers had been secured. Thirty-eight caribou over 1-year-old and 10 calves were reintroduced to Southampton Island. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1960's capture.
LOCATION: 2900 MAM
591. Maguire, L.A., T.W. Clark, R. Crete, J. Cada, M.L. Shaffer, and U.S. Seal. 1988. Black-footed ferret recovery in Montana: a decision analysis. Wildl. Soc. Bull 16:111-120.
ABSTRACT: We used formal methods for analyzing decisions under uncertainty to compare alternative means of enhancing the recovery of black-footed ferrets in Montana. We considered active vs. passive searching for wild ferrets in Montana and strategies for managing any ferrets that might be found. We compared alternate strategies by estimating their effects on the probability that ferrets will become extinct in the wild in the next 5 years and the probability that captive breeding will produce sufficient ferrets for reintroduction into the wild during the same period. A consensus of expert opinion was used to estimate probabilities for the analysis. The decision analysis showed that active searching could reduce the probability of extinction from about 0.99 to about 0.95. If ferrets are found, active management in the wild is the best option, with translocation of some ferrets to another site if the original population is large enough (about 20 ad). A similar analysis of ferret habitat management in Montana showed that protecting and managing ferret habitat for future reintroductions could reduce the probability of extinction from about 0.95 to about 0.93, with the expected benefits of habitat protection depending critically on the availability of captive-reared ferrets for reintroduction. These methods for clarifying optimal strategies for ferret management in Montana could be applied elsewhere to enhance ferret recovery. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Mustela nigripes.
LOCATION: 3119 MAM
592. Mallinson, J.J.C. 1986. A note on the successful breeding and reintroduction of Leontopithecus rosalia with special reference to an international recovery programme and management committee for Leontopithecus chrysomelas. Primate Eye 29(suppl.):48-52.
ABSTRACT: The 10-year international cooperative captive breeding program of lion tamarins has increased the captive population from approximately 70 in 1972 to > 400 animals by 1985. In November 1983, 15 zoo-bred lion tamarins were translocated to Brazil to replenish the dwindling wild population. In July 1985, 2 additional captive-bred family groups were translocated from the Smithsonian Institution's National Zoological Park to Brazil and successfully introduced to the wild. The reintroduction project was possible because of the establishment and protection of the Poco des Antes Biological Reserve, the collaborative efforts by zoologists at the Rio de Janeiro Primate Center, funding from numerous international wildlife organizations, and the availability of captive-bred animals. Conservationists should recognize the development and potential of captive breeding programs in aiding species' survival. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Callitrichidae lion tamarin Leontopithecus rosalia golden-headed lion tamarin L. r. chrysomelas 1980's.
LOCATION: 3167 MAM
593. Marais, G. 1988. Yalooni - a dream come true. Int. Zoo News 35(2):3-13.
ABSTRACT: The last wild herd of Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) was killed in 1972 by a motorized hunting party. Animals from the World Herd, established in 1962, have been reintroduced to the central desert of Oman at Jiddat-al Harasiis. Fourteen oryx were integrated in an enclosure in Oman for 2 years, and releases began in 1982. The herd presently numbers 33, and 10 yearling oryx from the San Diego Park Zoo are added each year. The herd is monitored by members of the Harasiis tribe. Since the beginning of the reintroduction project in 1980, 33 calves have been born. Three females have died, and three calves were still-born. Oryx adaptations to the Arabian desert have included seasonal rather than year-round breeding, altered foraging habits, and shortened life span. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3045 MAM
594. Mate, B.R. 1972. Sea otter transplants to Oregon in 1970 and 1971. Proc. Annu. Conf. Biol. Sonar Diving Mammals 8:47-53. ABSTRACT: In 1970, the Oregon State Game Commission arranged with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game to transplant sea otters from Amchitka, Alaska with the cooperation of the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. Animals were caught in modified gill nets and placed in holding pools in Amchitka until their transport to Oregon. During the 1970 transplant operations, 86 animals were captured, 24 of which died in the nets or the holding pens. Of the 79 otters caught in 1971, 15 died due to capture complications. A total of 29 and 63 sea otters were released off the southern Oregon coast in 1970 and 1971, respectively. Released otters were observed almost exclusively in groups of two or more in relatively protected areas along the coast, foraging primarily on sea urchins. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Enhydra lutris 1970's dispersal mortality
LOCATION: 3199 MAM
595. McArthur, K.L. 1981. Factors contributing to effectiveness of black bear transplants. J. Wildl. Manage. 45:102-110.
ABSTRACT: One-hundred-seventy transplants of 112 black bears (Ursus americanus) in Glacier National Park during 1967-1977 were evaluated to identify factors that contributed to transplant success. Distance, number of ridges, elevation gain and physiographic barriers between the trapping and release sites were highly correlated with the success of transplants. Differences in the importance of distance and elevation gain between males and females and between inexperienced and experienced bears were identified. Adult transients may make up a substantial portion of the nuisance bear population. (AA) Copyright 1981 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Ursidae Montana 1960's 1970's.
LOCATION: 2405 MAM
596. McCutchen, H.E. 1981. The Zion bighorn reintroduction--1979. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., p.86.
ABSTRACT: In 1973, 12 desert bighorn sheep were translocated from Nevada to an 80 acre holding-propagating enclosure at Zion National Park, Utah. Lambing success and survival was high. However, there was a high mortality rate for adults due to sinusitis. In winter 1977, the population had increased to 22 sheep. Thirteen sheep were captured in the enclosure by drop net, transported by helicopter, and released in a remote southeastern section of the park. Even though these pen-reared sheep were able to survive in the wild, 2 mortalities from mountain lions and the homing of 4 ewes and their lambs back to the Zion Canyon enclosure reduced the released herd to a size too low to be self-sustaining. In spring 1978, the 19 bighorns remaining in captivity were released by opening the enclosure fence. Two ewes were killed by mountain lions in the first summer following release. Only 3 yearlings of the previous year's 7 lambs survived the severe winter of 1978-79. Twenty bighorn sheep were observed in the park during 1979. It is too early to determine the status of the Zion bighorn population. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis nelsoni Utah 1970's.
LOCATION: 3133 MAM
597. McCutchen, H.E. 1982. Behavioral ecology of reintroduced desert bighorns, Zion National Park, Utah. Ph.D. Diss., Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins. 224pp.
ABSTRACT: Desert bighorns (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) were propagated in an enclosure in Zion National Park and released in two phases in 1977 and 1978. Bighorn behavior and population dynamics were monitored by a combination of radiotelemetry and observation until 1979. In the first phase 13 bighorns were translocated 5 km from the rearing area and released. Only four were believed to be alive in the wild a year later. This group exhibited persistent social disintegration and home range divergence. Factors contributing to these effects included timing the release just prior to lambing, social segregation during home range exploration, mortalities, and ewes homing to the rearing enclosure. Mortalities occurred from disease, transplanting injuries, and mountain lion (Felis concolor) predation. In the second phase 20 bighorns were released directly from the Zion rearing enclosure following the lambing season in 1978. After this release there was a period of social disintegration which lasted for about 2 months followed by a reestablishment of social ties and social organization. Social segregation of the bighorns during home range exploration was related to differences in sex, age, reproductive status and prior home range experience. A main factor facilitating later socialization was bighorn philopatry to rearing enclosure. By the end of the study period only 11 of the original bighorns from this release were present in the population. The stimuli and barriers affecting bighorn movement and home range sizes are discussed. A major cause of mortality was mountain lion predation. The bighorns were vulnerable to lion predation at high elevations in dense habitats, where visibility was low and when group sizes were three or less. There was evidence that the bighorns adapted to the predation by maintaining large group sizes and shifting their use to the more open habitats at lower elevations. The subsequent development of a familiar area (home range) through exploration and the influence of sociality and tradition were believed to have played important roles in bighorn antipredator strategies and resource exploitation. Pre-release and post-release dominance hierarchies and leadership behavior are described. The management implications of the project are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's captive propagation translocation.
LOCATION: 2829 MAM
598. McCutchen, H.E. 1976. Status of Zion National Park desert bighorn restoration project 1975. Desert Bighorn Council Trans. 20:52-54.
ABSTRACT: In 1973, 12 desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) were released into an 80 acre holding-propagating enclosure in Zion National Park, Utah, as part of a restoration program for the sub-species. The status of this project for the year 1975 is discussed. By the end of 1975, the population had increased to 17 animals, 7 of which were lambs. Lambing by a 16 month old ewe was documented. There were two ram mortalities during the year. Mortalities and injuries have been primarily due to intraspecific competition. Management problems and release plans are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae survival.
LOCATION: 3146 MAM
599. McCutchen, H.E. 1978. Zion desert bighorn reintroduction 1977: project status and activities of released animals. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.39-42.
ABSTRACT: In Zion National Park, Utah, 13 of the 20 bighorns were removed from the 80-acre, holding-propagating enclosure and transplanted 8 miles away. Four of the released animals were radio-collared. The movements and activities of the released bighorns are described. The influence of mountain lion movements and predation upon the bighorns are noted. Changes in the project plan are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis nelsoni 1970's behavior social organization.
LOCATION: 3169 MAM
600. McCutchen, H.E. 1980. Status of the Zion desert bighorn reintroduction project - 1978. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., p. 81.
ABSTRACT: In Zion National Park, Utah, desert bighorns which had been propagated in an 80-acre enclosure were released into the wild. The two separate release efforts were reviewed. The population status was discussed. Mountain lion predation on the bighorns was noted. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis nelsoni 1970's disease.
LOCATION: 3217 MAM
601. McQuivey, R.P. 1981. Status of the Stonewall Mountain desert bighorn sheep reintroduction project of central Nevada. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans. pp. 60-62.
ABSTRACT: The reintroduction of desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) into the Stonewall Mountain area of Nye County, Nevada represents the first direct-release of this subspecies in the state. Information gathered during the past 6 years shows that natural reproduction has occurred in the wild and suggests that a viable and resident population of at least 35 individuals has been established within a 2 mile radius of the release sites. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's capture.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
602. McQuivey, R.P. 1982. Report on the 1981 Black Mountain desert bighorn sheep trapping operation. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans. pp. 115-116.
ABSTRACT: A total of 20 desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) were captured for transplant purposes along the shoreline of Lake Mead using the drop net trap. The project utilized fermented apple pulp in combination with alfalfa as the primary bait. Transporting the animals included a 12 minute boat ride in addition to 400 miles of transport in a three ton truck. All of the animals were free-released in good condition into the Stillwater Mountain Range of Churchill County, Nevada. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Nevada 1980's.
LOCATION: 2759 MAM
603. McQuivey, R.P., and D. Pulliam. 1981. Results of a direct release desert bighorn sheep transplant in the Virgin Mountains of Nevada. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans. pp. 55-57.
ABSTRACT: A total of 42 bighorn sheep were wild-trapped from the River Mountain herd of Clark County, Nevada between June of 1979 and August of 1980 and subsequently released at three different locations on the Virgin Mountain Range of Clark Co. Some 755 sightings and/or radio telemetry locations are now available by which to describe the behavior and movement patterns of the introduced herd. Preliminary results show that desert sheep introduced into unfamiliar environments are highly exploratory. Successful reproduction and survival of lambs were documented during the first year of the project with a minimum of three yearlings in the herd at the present time. This is the fourth in a series of similar semi-annual status and trend reports relative to the Virgin Mountain reintroduction project. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis nelsoni 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
604. Mech, L.D. 1979. Some considerations in re-establishing wolves in the wild. Pages 445-457 in E. Klinghammer, ed. Symp. Behav. and Ecol. of Wolves. Garland STPM Press, New York. ABSTRACT: Re-establishing wolves (Canis lupus) into their native range is a serious and controversial matter; it cannot be taken lightly. Thus, any such attempt must be thoroughly thought out and must involve public, State and Federal government input. The first step involved is determining whether or not any wolves still remain in the target area. Only if there are none, or if it is highly probable that any remaining wolves will not repopulate the area, should further steps be taken. Ecological, social, economic, political, and legal studies must then be conducted to determine the suitability of the target area for wolves. A precise boundary must also be established to the target area, and it should be declared publicly that any wolf moving out of the area will be killed. For transplant stock, only wild wolves feeding on wild prey should be used, and they should be as closely related taxonomically and geographically to the original inhabitants of the target areas as possible. All transplant attempts should be monitored through radio-tracking, and successful re-establishment must be followed by efforts to maintain the population only within the designated area. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae review.
LOCATION: 2832 MAM
605. Merriam, H.R. 1964. The wolves of Coronation Island. 15th Alaskan Sci. Conf., Fairbanks, Alaska. Sept. 1964. 7pp.
ABSTRACT: In 1960, four timber wolves (Canis lupus ligoni), approximately 19 months old, were released on Coronation Island in southeast Alaska. The objectives of the study were to determine (1) the impact of wolves on a deer population, (2) the factors controlling wolf populations, and (3) habitat changes induced by introduction of a predator species. Results were as follows: deer numbers were reduced, but their condition improved; intra-specific strife may account for the slow increase in wolf numbers; ranges in southeast Alaska subject to heavy deer use recover rapidly when pressure is lessened. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1960's mortality release survival transport.
LOCATION: 197 MAM
606. Miller, B.J., S.H. Anderson, M.W. DonCarlos, and E.T.Thorne. 1988. Biology of the endangered black-footed ferret and the role of captive propagation in its conservation. Can. J. Zool. 66: 765-773.
ABSTRACT: The black-footed ferret (Mustela nigripes), one of the rarest mammals in the world, is apparently an obligate dependent on prairie dogs. Ferret numbers were probably reduced by habitat fragmentation. The last known wild colony, west of Meeteetse, Wyoming, was decimated by canine distemper in 1985. The few remaining ferrets exist in captivity. In this paper, we review aspects of the reproductive physiology and life history of the black-footed ferret with focus towards captive propagation and subsequent reintroduction of the species into natural habitat. We discuss the black-footed ferret in the context of small population biology and relate the value of captive propagation as a conservation tactic. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae commensal.
LOCATION: 3145 (1396 or 1232) MAM
607. Mitchell, D. 1982. First 'extinct' Arabian oryx born in the wild. Environ. Conserv. 9:58.
ABSTRACT: The last Arabian oryx in the wild was shot in 1972. Ten oryx (Oryx leucoryx) from the World Herd were reintroduced to the desert of Oman. One of the released oryx gave birth only weeks after release. This is the first Arabian oryx to have been born in the wild in over 10 years. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2845 MAM
608. Montfort, A., and N. Montfort. 1977. Operation elephant in Rwanda: Part 1 - Population structure of the Bugesera herds and translocation of young animals to the Akagera National Park. Terre Vie 31(3):354-384.
ABSTRACT: During an elephant eradication scheme in Rwanda, 134 individuals were shot or captured and data collected on their population structure. The overall sex-ratio was 65 males: 69 females, males being more numerous in the younger age group and females in the older. Pregnant and lactating females were always at least 15 yr old. Mean calving interval was 5.1 yr. The percentage of young of the year was 5.2%. Population density ranged between 1.9 and 2.4/km2 and standing crop biomass between 3.2 and 4.6 metric tons/km2. There were significant differences between the 2 groups of 69 individuals living in the Karama and Rwinzoka areas. The Karama population living in wooded grassland (34 km2), was younger (43.2% adults) than the Rwinzoka population confined to 27 km2 of swamps (53.7% adults). The mean calving interval was 3.5 yr in the first population and 7.6 yr in the second. Young elephants (26) were successfully translocated to the Akagera National Park, where the species had become extinct in 1938. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Elephantidae Loxodonta africana reproduction translocation 1970's Africa
LOCATION: MAM (In French)
609. Moorhead, B.B., and V. Stevens. 1980. Introduction and dispersal of mountain goats in Olympic National Park, Washington. Proc. Second Conf. Sci. Res. Natl. Parks 12:341-348.
ABSTRACT: Although native to the Cascade Mountains of central Washington State, the mountain goat (Oreamnos americanus Blainville) was introduced to the Olympic Mountains of northwestern Washington by humans prior to creation of Olympic National Park. There is no historical evidence of goats in the Olympic Mountains before release of 11 or 12 animals from Canada and Alaska between 1925 and 1929. Dispersal of this new population is traced during the past 50 years from release sites near what is presently the north boundary of the Park. Moving east and south at a rate of up to 2 or 3 km per year, the population apparently reached a dispersal of 80 km, at the southern edge of the mountains, about 1960. It is presently distributed throughout the Olympic Mountains in an area totalling over 1,800 km2. Ninety percent of the occupied habitat is in the Park. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's historical account.
LOCATION: 3068 MAM
610. Morgart, J.R., and P.R. Krausman. 1981. The status of a transplanted bighorn population in Arizona using an enclosure. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.46-49.
ABSTRACT: In November 1979, 12 desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) were captured in the Black Mountains, Arizona and released in a 700 ac enclosure in the Virgin Mountains, Arizona. The introduced population included two adult rams, one yearling ram, seven adult ewes, and two yearling ewes. The purpose of the transplant is to create a breeding stock for reintroducing bighorn sheep into the Virgin Mountains. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's habitat.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
611. Morgart, J.R., D.R. Smith, and P.R. Krausman. 1987. An evaluation of 2 methods used to reintroduce desert bighorn sheep. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18:126.
ABSTRACT: An enclosure-release and a free-release method of reintroducing desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) into formerly occupied habitat in the southwest United States was evaluated. Twelve bighorn sheep were captured in November 1979 in the Black Mountains, Arizona, and released into a 283 hectare enclosure in the Virgin Mountains, Arizona. The animals were held for 2 years in order to allow natural reproduction and to encourage the development of herd bonds and fidelity to the area. The herd increased to 25 and in January 1982, 21 animals were driven out of the enclosure. In November 1981, 41 additional bighorn sheep in two groups were captured in the Black Mountains. Following capture, both groups were held overnight in small, covered paddocks and free-released at dawn the following day. Free-released bighorn sheep initially dispersed into smaller groups than did enclosure-released animals. Initial movements and areas used by free-released bighorn sheep were larger than those of enclosure-released animals. Following initial exploratory movements, there were no differences in length of movements and size of use areas between the two types of releases. Enclosure-released bighorn sheep remained in the vicinity of the enclosure for the first month post-reintroduction, while free-released animals dispersed immediately. Within the years post-reintroduction, the two free-releases suffered the highest and lowest mortality rates (n=8 and 2, respectively). During the same time period, the free-release with the lowest number of deaths also. produced the most lambs (n=12). The second free-release and the enclosure-release produced seven lambs each. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Bovidae methodology.
LOCATION: 3253 MAM
612. Morris, R., D.V. Ellis, and B.P. Emerson. 1981. The British Columbia transplant of sea otters Enhydra lutris. Biol. Conserv. 20:291-295.
ABSTRACT: The transplant of sea otters to British Columbia from Alaska has survived a decade but without increase in population numbers, i.e., 70+ animals. The stock has split into two groups, the northernmost of which is close to the release site. This group maintains a 9-km2 triangular home range in summer located amongst offshore reefs. The range is occupied by females with pups, dependent juveniles and sub-adults. Adult males are scattered nearby. Storms can induce coastward movement. The range is patrolled daily for feeding and sleeping by many of the occupying animals. Feeding was predominantly on the butter clam Saxidomus giganteus. Feed stocks of sea-urchins have reduced dramatically since 1972. The site is accessible and can provide research opportunities. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1970's home range censuses food.
LOCATION: 2718 MAM
613. Morrison, B., B. Muller-Using, and M. Cotera. 1987. The reintroduction of mule deer in Nuevo Leon, Mexico. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18:127.
ABSTRACT: In December of 1985, the New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, in cooperation with the Autonomus University of Nuevo Leon, reintroduced 15 mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus) into the Sierra Madre Oriental mountain range near Iturbide, Nuevo Leone, Mexico. The deer were captured in the Hondo Valley of New Mexico using a linear drive net and helicopter. Upon capture, the animals were sedated with an injection of Rompon to facilitate handling and data collection. Upon completion of data collection, the drug Yohimbine was administered as a reversal and the deer were placed in individual crates for transport. Each crate was provided with an 11 kg block of ice and the bottom was covered with fresh alfalfa (Medicago sativa) hay. The animals were then transported by truck 1,610 km to the release site in Mexico. The deer were released into a 18 hectare enclosure on property owned by the Autonomus University of Nuevo Leon where graduate students will conduct scientific research on their behavior, adaptability, and reproduction. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 3194 MAM
614. Neville-Young, M.A. 1978. Status and recovery of the red wolf. Pages 134-144 in R.R. Odom and L. Landers, eds. Proc. Rare and Endangered Wildl. Symp., Athens, GA. August 1978.
ABSTRACT: The red wolf (Canis rufus) is rapidly nearing extinction in the wild. Factors such as crossbreeding with the coyote (C. latrans) and disease and parasites are contributing to the species' peril. The red wolf recovery efforts have made the maintenance of a captive breeding program and the translocation of red wolves into suitable portions of their historic range items of high priority. A successful translocation experiment, involving a pair of red wolves, was conducted on Bulls Island, South Carolina. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1970's relocation.
LOCATION: 2669 MAM
615. Nichol, A.A. 1942. Gathering, transplanting, and care of young antelopes. J. Wildl. Manage. 6:281-286.
ABSTRACT: In May 1942, 11 newborn pronghorn antelope (Antilocapra americana) fawns were gathered on Anderson Mesa, an overgrazed grassland plateau southeast of Flagstaff, Arizona. They were fed and cared for by humans. The seven that survived were reintroduced to the foothills of Tucson Mountain Park in Tucson, Arizona in late summer. At 16 months of age, they had accommodated to the desert range and were wild in nature. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Antilocapridae 1940's captive-rearing capture habitat survival.
LOCATION: 2522 MAM
616. Nowlin, R.A., W.K. Seitz, and R.N. Denney. 1979. Initial progress of the Colorado moose reintroduction. Proc. North Am. Moose Conf. Workshop 15:187-212.
ABSTRACT: The Colorado Division of Wildlife reintroduced 24 moose (Alces alces shirasi) into the state in two groups of 12 each. The first group was released during March 1978 and the second group was released during January 1979. Before the reintroduction a detailed analysis of release site environment, release action, public interest, and possible controversies was completed. Funding was provided by public donations. All moose were radio-collared. There were no mortalities among the reintroduced animals, and all moose remained within 21 km of the release location. Six of seven cows in the first release group produced six calves during spring 1978. A special effort was made to protect moose from illegal killing during deer and elk hunting seasons by intensive hunter education and increased law enforcement. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1970's capture immobilization transport.
LOCATION: 2819 MAM
617. O'Bryan, M.K., and D.R. McCullough. 1985. Survival of black-tailed deer following relocation in California. J. Wildl. Manage. 49:115-119.
ABSTRACT: In order to reduce the resident deer population, a total of 215 Columbian black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus columbianus) were translocated from Angel Island State Park to an area 150 km away with habitat similar to Angel Island and a resident black-tailed deer population thought to be below carrying capacity. Captured deer were in poor physical condition and 12 died before release. Fifteen released deer were radio-collared. Two disappeared and only 2 of the remaining 13 were alive 1 year after release. The high mortality was attributed to poor physical condition at release and subsequent starvation and to tameness of translocated deer which predisposed them to predation and human related mortality, particularly vehicle collisions. Surviving translocated deer established home ranges in habitat preferred by resident deer and consumed similar diets. Direct costs were $431 per deer released and $2,876 per deer released that survived 1 year. High post-release mortality made it difficult to justify relocation of over-populated deer on the grounds that it is humane. (BGA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae California 1980's telemetry cost.
LOCATION: 2404 MAM
618. Oldenberg, L.L. 1986. Bighorn sheep transplantations 1963-1986. Idaho Dept. of Fish and Game, Tech. Note 2.
ABSTRACT: In the early 1960's, efforts began to survey sites for reintroducing bighorns into unoccupied historic ranges in Idaho. This paper summarizes 32 efforts that transplanted a total of 413 sheep into and adjacent to Idaho from 1963 to 1986. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1960's 1970's 1980's history Ovis canadensis
LOCATION: 146 MAM
619. Oliver, W.L.R. 1987. Jersey-bred conies go wild in Jamaica. Int. Zoo News 34(1):9-13.
ABSTRACT: Forty-one Jamaican hutias (Geocapromys brownii) reared by the Jersey Wildlife Preservation Trust were released in Jamaica during March, 1986. The animals represented 10 family social groups and were released into vacant hutia habitat on the west side of the island. Each family group was placed in an enclosure which included a series of artificially created holes in stone to simulate the cavities used by wild hutias. Animals were habituated to the holes and surrounding forest and then released. Nocturnal observations were conducted 4-11 weeks post-release. Three of the 41 hutias disappeared during this period. Many of the hutias were recaptured at the end of May to determine their general condition. All animals had maintained or slightly increased their body weights. It has been difficult to monitor success of the reintroduction. Some animals have dispersed and many of the family groups have moved to natural cavities or created their own. At least three births have occurred. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Capromyidae Indian coney 1980's.
LOCATION: 2937 MAM
620. Oliver, W.L.R., L. Wilkins, R.H. Kerr, and D.L. Kelly. 1986. The Jamaican Hutia Geocapromys brownii captive breeding and reintroduction programme - history and progress. Dodo 23:32-58.
ABSTRACT: The following report summarises a captive breeding and reintroduction programme for Jamaica's only surviving endemic terrestrial mammal, the hutia Geocapromys brownii. The history and reproductive performance of the captive stock at the Jersey Trust are described, along with a brief review of the species' overall status in captivity and in the wild state. Based on the findings of an island-wide field survey in 1982, and the need to develop a rationale for the future of the captive stock, a reintroduction programme was initiated in consultation with the landowners of the release site, with the full cooperation of the relevant governmental authorities, and the assistance and sponsorship of a number of academic and other institutions and organisations in Jamaica and elsewhere. This programme, which culminated with the release and subsequent monitoring of 41 captive-bred individuals in 10 social family groups in March/April 1986, was preceded by a detailed description and quantitative analysis of the vegetation of the 74 ha release site in February/March 1986, and the construction of semi-artificial limestone hole systems for the location and protection of each of the released groups. The preparations for the release of these animals are described, as is the progress of each group during the initial 4-to 8-week period of the post-release monitoring study. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Capromyidae 1980's captive breeding.
LOCATION: 2916 MAM
621. Oza, G.M. 1984. Desertic habitat of the endangered Arabian oryx. Environ. Conserv. 11:267-269.
ABSTRACT: Groups of Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) were reintroduced into the Arabian desert in Oman at Yalooni in 1982 and 1984. At the time of the second release, the oryx habitat was characterized by trees of the Acacia spp. and scattered shrubs. Other habitat parameters and shelter and forage vegetation composition are further detailed in this paper. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2843 MAM
622. Pack, J.C., and J.I. Cromer. 1981. Reintroduction of fisher in West Virginia. Pages 1431-1442 in J.A. Chapman and D. Pursley, eds. Proc. Worldwide. Furbearer Conf., Vol. 2. Frostburg, Maryland. August 1980.
ABSTRACT: Twenty-three fishers (Martes pennanti) were reintroduced into West Virginia in 1969. Details of the releases, public reaction, and trapping regulations are discussed. Maximum distance of movement from the release sites was 90 km and total known range continues to expand with the present area measuring 3.496 x 105 ha. Present distribution remains largely in the area of West Virginia containing low human populations and remote territory. The majority of observations has occurred in sugar maple (Acer saccharum) - beech (Fagus grandifolia) - yellow birch (Betula alleghaniensis) and red spruce (Picea rubens) cover types with no major expansion into oak (Quercus spp.) - hickory (Carya spp.) habitat. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1960's 1970's 1980's harvests range habitat.
LOCATION: 2665 MAM
623. Pais, R.C. 1987. Mortality, dispersal and habitat use of resident and translocated white-tailed deer does on the Cumberland Plateau of eastern Kentucky. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Kentucky, Lexington. .
ABSTRACT: Mortality and dispersal of 35 radio-collared white-tailed deer does translocated from the Ballard County Wildlife Management Area to Knott County, Kentucky and mortality in nine resident white-tailed deer does were recorded. Habitat characteristics found within deer home ranges were described using a geographic information system data base and a computer map analysis package. Nine radio-collared translocated deer died. Five were killed by dogs, one by vehicle collision and three of unknown causes. Four resident deer died: one by illegal harvest and three of unknown causes. The average maximum dispersal distance was 11.8 km for translocated deer and varied significantly among release sites. The average home range size for deer was 953 ha. Home ranges for resident deer contained significantly more bottomland than translocated deer home ranges. Translocated deer home ranges contained significantly more young forest than resident deer home ranges. Both groups used areas that recently had been disturbed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae Odocoileus virginianus
LOCATION: 2594 MAM
624. Panwar, H.S. 1978. Decline and restoration success of the central Indian Barasinga (Cervus duvauceli branderi). Pages 143-158 in P. Scott, chairman. Threatened Deer. Int. Union Conserv. Nat. & Nat. Resour., Morges, Switzerland.
ABSTRACT: The branderi had a wide distribution in Central Indian highlands until the last century. Its tenacious dependence on grasslands, which increasingly came under cultivation and ravage by stock-grazing, together with poaching caused its progressive decline until only 66 were left in their last resort in Kanha National Park. Even in Kanha in the available limited habitat the population was under excessive predation from an abnormally high tiger-congregation resulting from inadvertent artificial inducement. Restorative measures were initiated from 1969 and those included normalizing the tiger density by withdrawal of artificial inducement, stoppage of grazing and forestry operations, relocation of villages, anti-poaching, and water development. The Park area was increased from 318 km2 to 940 km2. The response has been a steady improvement in environmental conditions and a high growth-rate for barasinga. The paper also reviews the studies carried out by Schaller and Martin together with the concurrent and on-going investigations by park management. Efficacy of management and degree of response are evaluated. The scope for the barasinga in the additional habitat within the park and the prospects for its reintroduction in other sanctuaries in the central Indian highlands are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae India 1960's 1970's 1980's restoration.
LOCATION: 2830 MAM
625. Panwar, H.S., and W.A. Rodgers. 1986. The reintroduction of large cats into wildlife protected areas. Indian For. 112: 939-944.
ABSTRACT: Despite successful conservation programmes for tiger and leopard in India, the subject of reintroducing these animals into wild situations is still discussed by conservationists. This paper describes three possible reasons for such reintroduction: creating new or bolstering small existing populations; releasing captured 'problem' animals such as habitual stock lifters; and rehabilitating captive bred 'tamed' individuals. We conclude that none of these reasons has sufficient justification for planning reintroduction projects of tiger or leopard in India today, on conservation or ethical grounds. (AA) Reprinted with permission from the Indian Forester.
KEY WORDS: Felidae rationale modelling.
LOCATION: 3065 MAM
626. Parker, W.T. 1987. Red wolf restoration and status. Proc. Southeast. Nongame Endangered Wildl. Symp. 3:158-163.
ABSTRACT: The red wolf (Canis rufus) was on the verge of extinction by the early 1970's. After passage of the Endangered Species Act in 1973, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service undertook the capture of as many red wolves as possible in order to establish a breeding program at Tacoma, Washington. Beginning in 1973 and continuing into 1977, over 240 animals were captured; only 19 were determined to be red wolves. Fourteen of the original 19 became the breeding stock for the captive program. In 1976 and 1978 translocation experiments were conducted on Bulls Island, Cape Romain National Wildlife Refuge, South Carolina. These experiments demonstrated the techniques and feasibility of translocating red wolves. In 1980 the species was determined to be extinct in the wild. The 1982 Amendments to the Endangered Species Act allowed for the reintroduction of "experimental" populations of endangered species. These amendments provided the Fish and Wildlife Service the management strategy needed to re-establish red wolves. The first experimental re-establishment attempt is being conducted on lands of the Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge in northeastern North Carolina. This paper discusses the events leading up to the Alligator River project and the acclimation process employed prior to release of the animals into the wild. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1970's 1980's methodology.
LOCATION: 3114 MAM
627. Peek, J.M. 1988. Implications of wolf reintroduction in the wilderness areas of the western U.S. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. Suppl. 69:257.
ABSTRACT: The Northern Rocky Mountain Wolf Recovery Plan specifies three recovery areas, northwest Montana, central Idaho, and Yellowstone. Recovery goals include establishing a minimum of 10 breeding pairs in each recovery area for a minimum of 3 successive years. Information is developed from literature review on pack sizes, probable prey base, and proportions taken of major big game prey to aid in predicting the potential effects on prey and the interaction with offtake by hunting for the northwest Montana recovery area. A model predicting these effects is presented and discussed in relationship to the recovery goal of establishing a minimum viable population. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Candidae Canis lupus Wyoming.
LOCATION: 3131 MAM
628. Penzhorn, B.L. 1977. A note on the re-introduction of grey rhebok Pelea capreolus to the Addo Elephant National Park. Koedoe 20:201.
ABSTRACT: It is the policy of the National Parks Board to attempt to approximate as closely as possible the original wildlife spectrum in every national park wherever practical. Large scale reintroductions of ungulates have taken place, but in most cases there was no accurate documentation of the numbers, sex, and sometimes even of the source of the reintroduced animals. The relevant data in the Board's files and from various other sources have been documented as a summary (Penzhorn, B.L., Koedoe 14:145-159, 1971). According to this documentation, the Bontebok National Park was the only source of the grey rhebuck Pelea capreolus reintroduced to the Addo Elephant National Park. At least one other source was involved, however. Ten grey rhebuck (one male, nine females) were captured on G. L. Pringle's farm "Kelso" in the Tarkastad District, Cape Province, and transferred to the Park in the 1950's (Anon., Afr. Wildl. 11:71-73, 1957). (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Bovidae South Africa.
LOCATION: 3183 MAM
629. Penzhorn, B.L. 1971. A summary of the re-introduction of ungulates into South African National Parks (to December 1970). Koedoe 14:145-159.
ABSTRACT: In an attempt to approximate the original wildlife composition in areas proclaimed as parks, re-introduction of ungulates have taken place. This is discussed briefly. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Equidae Hippopotamidae Rhinocerotidae Suidae black rhino white rhino square-lipped rhino Burchell's zebra hippopotami warthog African buffalo eland bushbuck kudu gemsbok reedbuck mountain reedbuck grey rhebok red hartebeest blesbok black wildebeest springbok oribi South Africa reintroduction.
LOCATION: 2607 (1612) MAM
630. Pererva, V.I. 1987. Application of ethological data to optimize the measures on introduction of the European bison (Bison bonasus) to the wild. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18:146-147.
ABSTRACT: Recent establishment of new free-living populations has had an important influence on the increase of the European bison numbers. In the paper the ethological data of the species in the wild and in captivity are compared. The study of behaviour of Bison bonasus in the free-living populations are not yet understood completely. The restitution of the European Bison in the wild is characterized by a tendency to regenerate natural behavioral patterns and population structure. The following principles of the introduction of the European bison may help to ensure success in the population management. The best effects of the restitution to be arrived by release to the wild 25-50 animals during a year, that can form 2-3 groups from 10 to 15 individuals. The sex ratio in this group may be approximately 1 : 1 or 1 : 2 (1 male and 1-2 female). The groups must be released in some places at a distance of 5-10 km from each other. The European bison has primarily a dominant organization. But the dominance relationship is less stable in groups formed by calves of the same age. The groups must have animals of different age. The long-term practice of the restitution of the European bison in the USSR, ethological and ecological data on free-living populations require new final conclusions to optimize actions aimed at the introduction of these animals to the wild. It has been proposed to re-establish the European bison range in Byelorussia, the north and west Ukraine, and in the west of the R. S. F. S. R. with. the central part in Polesie. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Bovidae.
LOCATION: 3253 MAM
631. Phillips, M.K. 1988. Progress of the red wolf restoration project in North Carolina. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Annu. Conf. Proc., pp.426-434.
ABSTRACT: Since the initiation of the Red Wolf Restoration Project in the fall of 1987, five pairs of captive-reared red wolves were released in the Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge, North Carolina. This event marked the first time that a species extinct in the wild had been returned to a portion of its former range. Released wolves were radiolocated 1679 times in the fall of 1987 and the spring/summer of 1988. Radio locations revealed that: 1) all the animals spent 12-24 hours near their acclimation sites before exhibiting exploratory movements, 2) they frequently traveled on and rested near roads, and 3) the waterways and thick vegetation restricted the wolves' movements. This analysis of wolf movements also revealed that the 74,898 hectare release area contained the minimum amount of area necessary for a red wolf restoration program. Five mortalities occurred after release due to pleural effusion, internal bleeding, loss of a limb, collisions with vehicles, and uterine infections. Two pairs of wolves each produced one pup in the spring of 1988. Scat analysis revealed that the main prey items of these released wolves were deer, raccoons, marsh rabbits, rodents, and turtles. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's Canis rufus dispersal telemetry
LOCATION: 3150 MAM
632. Phillips, M.K., and W.T. Parker. 1988. Red wolf recovery: a progress report. Conserv. Biol. 2:139-141.
ABSTRACT: In November 1973, a red wolf captive breeding program was established at the Point Defiance Zoological Gardens, Tacoma, Washington. To supply the breeding program, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) captured approximately 240 canids from 1973-77. Only 17 of the originally captured wolves were considered "pure" red wolves; 14 of these became the breeding stock for the captive program. Presently, there are 80 red wolves in captivity at 8 locations in the U.S. Once the species was protected in captivity, the USFWS began considering reestablishing 3 wild mainland populations. Techniques for reestablishing red wolves were developed during the temporary experimental reintroductions of wild-caught adult red wolves to Bulls Island, Cape Romain National Wildlife Refuge, South Carolina, 1976-78. Plans for a proposed translocation of red wolves by the USFWS to the Tennessee Valley Authority's Land Between the Lakes was terminated following strong public opposition. There was minimal public opposition to the USFWS's proposal for reestablishing red wolves in the Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge (ARNWR). The project was initiated in February 1986. The reestablishment attempt is a 5-year test project, with success based on production of a second generation of pups in the refuge. At the end of the fifth year (1992) the project will be reviewed by the USFWS and the North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission (NCWRC). To promote projects of this type, Congress amended the Endangered Species Act (ESA) in 1982 to allow for the release of endangered and threatened animals under the designation of "experimental population," if such releases are necessary for the continued well-being of the species. On 12 Nov 1986, 4 pairs of adult red wolves arrived at ARNWR and were placed in acclimation pens to acclimate the wolves to the release site. The wolves remained in the pens approximately 10 months under conditions designed to increase their survival in the wild: 1) minimum human contact, 2) "feast or famine" feeding regime, 3) weaned from dog food and fed an all-meat diet, and 4) given live prey to hone predatory skills. Before release, the wolves were vaccinated, weighed, blood samples were taken, and fitted with motion-sensitive radio-collars and radioactive tags. One pair of wolves was released 14 September 1987; the other 3 pairs were released on 1 October 1987. On release days, deer carcasses were placed near the acclimation sites and food placed in the pens. During the first 4 months after release, the areas used by the wolves ranged from 10-60 km2. Intraspecific conflict resulted in one female being euthanized due to wounds and one male had to be kept in captivity for the first 4 months of the release program to recover from wounds. Within the first 4 months of release, all animals had to be captured and re-released to replace faulty radio-collars and retrieve animals wandering off the refuge. One female died as a result of pleural effusion and internal bleeding. The red wolf reestablishment attempt is progressing well. The wolves seem to be consistently feeding themselves and mortality and emigration from the reserve is minimal. On 22 January 1988, 8 additional red wolves arrived at ARNWR. They will be acclimated 3-6 months and then released. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae Canis rufus 1980's captive propagation.
LOCATION: 1831 MAM
633. Pienaar, U. de V. 1970. The recolonisation history of the square-lipped (white) rhinoceros Ceratotherium simum simum (Burchell) in the Kruger National Park (October 1961-November 1969). Koedoe 13:157-169.
ABSTRACT: Square-lipped rhinoceroses (Ceratotherium simum simum) were translocated to Kruger National Park in an attempt to restore the species to part of its historical range in the Transvaal. During the first translocation period (1961-1964), 98 rhinos were moved from the Natal rhino sanctuaries to Kruger Park. Four animals were lost during transit or from transit-related injuries. Eight animals were released in an enclosure in the southwest part of the Park; the remainder were released in the northern and southern districts of the Park. Rhinos released in the northern district wandered extensively in search of suitable habitats. During the second translocation period (1968-1969), 41 rhinos were released in the southern district. Eighteen rhinos (13 males, 2 females, 3 unknown sex) were lost during 1961-1969 from sources including poaching, injuries, drowning, fighting with elephants, and lion predation. The first birth to a free-roaming rhino occurred in 1964. Since that time, there have been 27 confirmed births in the southern district, 5 in the central district, and 3 in the northern district. The minimum number of rhinoceroses in Kruger National Park is believed to be 155-160, and aerial surveys reveal increasing local rhino populations. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae white rhinoceros South Africa 1960's immobilization movements.
LOCATION: 3047 MAM
634. Player, R.L., and P.J. Urness. 1982. Habitat manipulation for reestablishment of Utah prairie dogs in Capitol Reef National Park. Great Basin Nat. 42:517-523.
ABSTRACT: Utah prairie dogs were transplanted onto the site of a former colony, located in Capitol Reef National Park, Utah. Shrubs on the site were significantly taller than those found on active colonies in similar habitats located on the Awapa Plateau. The transplant site afforded a test of the hypothesis that shrub height is a major inhibitory factor affecting occupation of sites by prairie dogs. Four sites of 5 ha each were used. Vegetation treatments - rotobeating, railing and 2,4-D herbicide - were carried out on three of the sites and the fourth was used as a control. Shrub height and percent cover were significantly reduced on all three treatment sites. Post-treatment effects on the vegetation showed that the greatest percent moisture of the herbage was found on the railed site, followed by the herbicide, rotobeaten and control sites. Measurements of the visual obstructions to prairie dogs showed that the rotobeaten site had the greatest visibility, followed by the railed, herbicide and control sites. Prior to release to prairie dogs on the study area, 200 artificial burrows per treatment were dug, using a power auger. In early summer, 1979, 200 Utah prairie dogs were live-trapped near Loa, Utah. An equal number by sex and age class were released on each treatment. In 1979, a significantly higher number of animals reestablished on the rotobeaten site. In 1980 and 1981, the rotobeaten and railed sites had significantly higher prairie dog numbers than the other sites. Reproduction occurred on both the rotobeaten and railed sites in 1980 and 1981. When transplanting animals onto sites of former colonies presently overgrown with shrubs, the chances of a successful transplant could be increased by first reducing shrub height and density. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae Cynomys parvidens 1970's 1980's transplantation.
LOCATION: 2423 MAM
635. Polar Record. 1955. Introduction of reindeer into Iles Kerguelen. Polar Record 7(51):518.
ABSTRACT: At the end of 1954 two pairs of reindeer were transported by air from Lapland to the Isles de Kerguelen, via Paris and Madagascar. The animals arrived in good condition and were set free almost immediately. It is hoped that they will acclimatize themselves and become the basis of a reindeer stock in the islands. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1950's.
LOCATION: 2653 MAM
636. Pracy, L.T. 1974. Introduction and liberation of the opossum (Trichosurus vulpecula) into New Zealand. New Zealand For. Serv. Inf. Ser. 45. 28pp.
ABSTRACT: Opossums from Australia were first introduced into New Zealand about 1840. Further introductions followed until 1924, but most liberations, both before and after this date, were made from New Zealand bred opossums. The main purpose in acclimatising opossums was the establishment of a fur industry, and trapping brought in a good financial return in which the Government shared through the levying of royalties. Private enterprise was responsible for initiating the venture, but the Government began to participate in 1989, a time when the animals were well established in both islands. There was little unanimity in either popular or scientific opinion as to the advisability of fostering the opossum, and, because of this, from 1917 (except for a brief change in 1921) the government resisted pressure to allow further liberations, but it was unable to prevent illegal releases, and these continued to be made--even after a bounty had been placed on the opossum as a noxious animal. The ecology of the opossum in forests is complicated, and initially too little attention was paid to the interactions of opossums with deer and other wild ungulates; but consideration of this aspect falls outside the scope of the present paper except so far as it affected policy in relation to liberations. Opossums are now widely dispersed throughout the country, and occupation of the few remaining suitable habitats is expected to occur within the next decade. (AS)
KEY WORDS: Phalangeridae brush-tailed possum history.
LOCATION: 3220 MAM
637. Price, M.R.S. 1986. The reintroduction of the Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) into Oman. Int. Zoo Yearb. 24/25:179-188.
ABSTRACT: The last herd of Arabian oryx (Oryx leucoryx) in Oman was eliminated in 1972. From 1980-83, the Trustees of the World Herd sent 17 oryx to Jiddat-al-Harasis in central Oman for a translocation program. Prior to release, the translocated oryx had to develop a stable social organization, exhibiting the full range of social and sexual behaviors. Spring releases were favored over summer or winter, with moderate temperatures and less dependence on water during spring. Two herds have been assembled and released, one in 1982 and the second in 1984. Captive-bred oryx can be successfully translocated; however, the possibility of inbreeding depression is of concern considering the oryx's social structure. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2613 MAM
638. Price, M.R.S. 1989. Animal re-introductions: the Arabian oryx into Oman. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge. 250pp.
ABSTRACT: The Arabian oryx is an antelope which, in 1972, was exterminated from the wild, although secure in captivity. Yet, within 10 years, a few animals were again free in their desert habitat in Oman. This book describes and analyzeds this reintroduction effort, but first, other reintroduction attempts, both failures and successes, are reviewed to show the multiplicity of factors involved in such an operation. Many of the lessons which these efforts show were heeded to the advantage of the oryx reintroduction. While the oryx developed a free-living population, many aspects of its biology were seen to promote successful reintroduction. These observations are combined in the final chapter with information from other species to assess the future potential of reintroduction. It is hoped that this book will make a small contribution to ensuring that conservation resources are used wisely on ventures with a fair chance of success. (AI)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's 1980's methodology techniques historical account.
LOCATION: 3009 MAM
639. Ralls, K., J. Ballou, and R.L. Brownell, Jr. 1983. Genetic diversity in California sea otters: theoretical considerations and management implications. Biol. Conserv. 25:209-232.
ABSTRACT: The California sea otter population was reduced to a small number of animals by fur hunters in the 18th and 19th centuries. The population has partially recovered but is still threatened, largely because of its vulnerability in the event of a major oil spill. The translocation of enough animals to establish a second colony outside the present range has been suggested as a means of reducing the vulnerability of the population. Any population that has been reduced to a small number and then allowed to increase may have lost some of its original genetic diversity. The loss of genetic diversity often results in deleterious effects, such as increased juvenile mortality and reduced fertility. It is therefore of interest to determine the degree of genetic diversity which the California sea otter population should have theoretically lost during its population 'bottleneck' and the number of otters which should be translocated in order to avoid substantial loss of genetic diversity in the new colony. Application of some of the concepts of population genetics to the California sea otter indicates that the current population should theoretically retain a large proportion (77%) of whatever genetic diversity existed in the original population and that a new colony resulting from the successful translocation of 50 breeding otters would retain much of the present genetic diversity after 40 years. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Enhydra lutris Mustelidae history population size translocation model.
LOCATION: 2717 MAM
640. Ramey, R.R., II., L. Andaloro, and L.H. White. 1980. The status of the Wheeler Crest reintroduced bighorn herd 12-3-79 to 3-29-80. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.78-83.
ABSTRACT: On March 6, 1979, employees of California Dept. of Fish and Game, U.S. Forest Service, and other agencies and volunteers successfully captured nine Sierra Nevada bighorn sheep from the winter range of the Mt. Baxter herd near Sawmill Canyon, Inyo County, California. On the same day the bighorn were transported and released at a predetermined location at the base of Wheeler Crest in Pine Creek Canyon, Inyo County, 38 air miles northwest of the capture site. Because the historic range of these bighorn included the area of the release site, this project is a reintroduction. The report which follows is a discussion of our findings in the period from March 6, 1979 to March 29, 1980. (AI)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis californiana 1970's movements telemetry.
LOCATION: 3133 MAM
641. Ravey, R.R., and J.L. Schmidt. 1981. Reintroduction of desert bighorn sheep into Colorado National Monument. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.38-42.
ABSTRACT: Eleven desert bighorn from Arizona were captured as individuals and reintroduced into Devils Canyon, west of Colorado National Monument on November 8, 1979. This reintroduction was followed by the release of 16 sheep from Nevada into the monument on June 17, 1980. The Nevada sheep had been captured in two groups and held in an enclosure prior to release. Radio transmitters were placed on 17 of the sheep (6 Arizona and 11 Nevada). Five known mortalities have occurred including three Arizona and two Nevada sheep. Reproduction has resulted in at least one lamb in 1980 and six lambs in 1981. Winter weather restricted initial dispersal of the Arizona sheep, possibly aiding in habituation to the release area and increased chances for social development. Good weather during the Nevada release favored exploration by sheep with an apparently existing social structure. Both releases have reduced movements with most activity near Devils Canyon. Frequent interchanges between groups and the formation of nursery bands and a ram band are encouraging signs. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis mexicana Ovis canadensis nelsoni 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3015 MAM
642. Remington, R., and J.C. de Vos, Jr. 1985. Arizona's first desert bighorn sheep transplant into a natural population. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.20-23.
ABSTRACT: The desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis mexicana and O. c. nelsoni) population in the Eagletail Mountains of southwestern Arizona is estimated at 20-25 individuals, significantly decreased from a 1960 estimate of 150-200 individuals. Increased water availability in preferred habitat in the Eagletail Mountains did not cause the population to exhibit growth. The population is believed to be below the threshold level required for population expansion. In August 1984, eight sheep (six ewes, two rams) were captured in the North Plomosa Mountains of southwestern Arizona and released in the northern portion of the Eagletail Mountains. In December 1984, eight more sheep (six ewes, two rams) were transplanted from the Plomosa Mountains and released in the southern portion of the Eagletails. Both transplanted groups have mixed with indigenous sheep. Sheep released in the summer had more wide-ranging movements than those released in the winter. Ewes released in December were in the late stages of pregnancy and that may account for their limited movements. These releases represent Arizona's first transplant of bighorn sheep into a historic population. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's capture.
LOCATION: 3021 MAM
643. Revin, J.V. 1978. Some biocenotic aspects of re-introduction of Martes zibellina in Yakutia. Congr. Theriol. Int. 2:419.
ABSTRACT: In Yakutia, the process of restoration of the natural range of the sable is being completed. The species has occupied the ecological niche that had been vacated for two to three centuries and has populated the taiga part of its range in a density of 0.5 to 5.0 ind./10 km sq. The penetration of an active predator into a historically developed biocenosis resulted in an intensification and partial change of the natural selection vector in the group of indigenous mammal and bird species that became the prey objects of the sable. The developed interspecific relations are characterized by species specificity and a wide range of geographic variability. It has been found that under changed environmental conditions of the prey species, mechanisms maintaining population homeostasis begin to act but are not sufficiently effective in all cases. Little sensitiveness to increased natural selection has been found in forest vole populations; their resistance is caused by their recruitment by reproduction considerably exceeding the decrease in numbers and by a rapid exchange of generations. In slowly reproducing species, the numbers became stabilized on a lower level than previously (Sciurus vulgaris, Eutamias sibiricus, Ochotona hyperborea) or disappeared from large areas (Colonocus sibirica) S. vulgaris and E. sibiricus were found to show a slightly altered stereotype behaviour when pursued. In the prey species, the value of the annual recruitment by reproduction is considerably lower than the peak number, which fact makes possible an evolutionary line leading to accelerated reproduction rate. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Mustelidae.
LOCATION: 2820 MAM
644. Reynolds, H.W. 1986. The Canadian wildlife service program to restore wood bison. Prov. Mus. Alta. Nat. Hist. Occas. Pap. No. 9:323-328.
ABSTRACT: The wood bison is an endangered subspecies of the North American bison. More than 6000 plains bison (Bison b. b.) were transferred to Wood Buffalo National Park from central Alberta between 1925-1928 and nearly caused the extinction of the wood bison. In 1957, an isolated population of the wood bison was discovered in the northwest corner of the park. In 1963, 18 wood bison were translocated to Mackenzie Bison Sanctuary in the Northwest Territories. Because of concern of an anthrax outbreak, a second transfer of 23 wood bison to Elk Island National Park occurred in 1963. This herd became the breeding source for future transplants to the wild. The Wood Bison Rehabilitation Program was established in 1975 as a cooperative effort of the Canadian Wildlife Service, Environment Canada - Parks, and provincial and territorial wildlife agencies in western Canada. The program's objective is to establish a minimum of 3 free-ranging, viable populations of wood bison in its historic range and to protect and preserve the gene pool by dispersing small breeding herds to zoological gardens and parks. The ultimate goal is to reestablish sufficient numbers of wood bison in the wild to remove of the species from the endangered species list. Wood bison have been successfully transferred to 8 institutions to preserve the gene pool. In 1978, the first attempt to reestablish a free-roaming herd of wood bison using the Elk Island National Park (EINP) source stock was not successful. The bison were released in the wild in Jasper National Park, moved out of the park, and had to be removed from an agricultural development. The second transfer from EINP occurred in June 1980 with 28 bison released near Nahanni Butte, Northwest Territories. This release group fragmented into several small herds and moved randomly throughout the region. Five years after release, two groups (15 and 6) have established home ranges within 50 km of the release site. There was marginal reestablishment with production and survival of some calves. Translocating wood bison to the wild to establish free-roaming herds are negotiated as cooperative agreements with provincial and territorial wildlife agencies under the terms of the Canada Wildlife Act. Current projects are using large, on-site holding corrals during the translocation. After range assessments and site selection, projects were established in the Yukon Territory, Manitoba, and Alberta. At the Manitoba Project, 34 wood bison were released into a 23 km2 enclosure in February 1984. Subsequent releases and on-site births increased the enclosed population to 73 by January 1986. Only progeny of the originally transferred animals will be released to the wild. The first release of 20-30 bison is scheduled for spring 1988. At the Alberta Project, 29 wood bison were released into a 3 km2 holding corral in February 1984. Poor survival of calves and low productivity have postponed release into the wild until at least spring 1987. A 5 km2 holding corral was constructed at the Yukon Project. The first shipment of 34 wood bison will be completed in March 1986. Five basic factors must be considered to ensure continued conservation for wood bison: 1) protect habitat and prevent further habitat loss to conflicting interests, 2) protect reintroduced populations of wood bison from genetic mixing and disease contamination through interbreeding with free-roaming herds of hybrid or plains bison, 3) additional funding is needed to complete biological studies and to monitor reestablishment projects, 4) the wood bison need protection as an endangered species, and 5) time is required for natural reproduction and population growth in the translocated populations. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Bison b. athabascae 1920's 1960's 1970's 1980's genetics.
LOCATION: 3238 MAM
645. Reynolds, J.A. 1987. Swift fox reintroduction project. Pages 291-292 in G.L. Holroyd, W.B. McGillivray, P.H.R. Stepney, D.M. Ealey, G.C. Trottier, and K.E. Eberhart, eds. Proc. on the workshop on endangered species in the prairie provinces. Prov. Mus. Alberta Nat. Hist. Occas. Pap. No. 9.
ABSTRACT: By the late 1930's, swift foxes (Vulpes velox) had disappeared from much of their original range in Canada and the northern United States. The species has since been designated extirpated in Canada. Three "soft" releases have occurred in the 1980's, two in southeastern Alberta and one in southwestern Saskatchewan, in an attempt to reintroduce swift foxes. Known mortality for the first Alberta release is 56%. Problems with coyote predation and radiotelemetry have been encountered. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2704 MAM
646. Rhodesian Dep. Natl. Parks Wildl. Manage. 1971. Black rhinos moved 600 miles to sanctuary. Afr. Wildl. 25:54-57.
ABSTRACT: In 1970, 41 black rhinoceroses (Diceros bicornis) were moved from Ruya and Mfurudzi in Rhodesia to the Gona-re-Zhou sanctuary in the south. Rhinos in these areas were under severe poaching pressure, and eventual extinction was probable. Forty-three animals were darted and immobilized and penned. Two died in the pens; the rest were transported over 600 miles by lorry. Rhinos were released into enclosures at Gona-re-Zhou, fed, watered, and released 4-6 hours later. The animals have settled in and established home ranges at Gona-re-Zhou. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae Zimbabwe 1970's capture.
LOCATION: 2979 MAM
647. Richardson, L., T.W. Clark, S.C. Forrest, and T.M. Campbell. 1986. Black-footed ferret recovery: a discussion of some options and considerations. Great Basin Nat. Mem. 8:169-184.
ABSTRACT: A framework for recovery planning for the black-footed ferret (Mustela nigripes) is presented. Current species numbers are probably not sufficient to maintain long-term variability. Three options are presented for increasing ferret numbers: (1) increase available habitat for ferrets where they currently exist, (2) find more wild ferrets elsewhere, and (3) directly manipulate the ferret population through translocation and/or captive rearing. The first two options are either unlikely or currently unfeasible, making it necessary to initiate the third option to ensure ferret recovery. Even if additional ferret populations are located, option three should still be implemented. Three options for direct manipulation to increase ferret numbers and populations are discussed along with accompanying considerations. The captive-rearing/translocation option for species recovery is strongly recommended. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae methodology captive-reared.
LOCATION: 2959 MAM
648. Rogers, L.L. 1988. Homing tendencies of large mammals: a review. Pages 76-92 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: Large herbivores (white-tailed deer [Odocoileus virginianus], mule deer [O. hemionus], and moose [Alces alces]) that were translocated > 30 km usually settled < 30 km from the release sites, but large omnivores (black bears [Ursus americanus], brown bears [U. arctos], polar bears [U. maritimus] or carnivores (gray wolves [Canis lupus], and red foxes [Vulpes vulpes]) that were similarly translocated tended to move farther. The few individual herbivores and the many omnivores and carnivores that moved > 30 km tended to move homeward. Of the taxa studied, the bears were the species most likely to return home from long distances (64-430 km), but the longest homing movement was by a white-tailed deer that returned 560 km to the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge in Texas. The possible role of olfaction in homing movements is discussed. Reintroduction efforts involving species that range widely before settling may require relatively large numbers of individuals to assure reproductive success. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae Cervidae Ursidae homing orientation navigation.
LOCATION: 3101 MAM
649. Rogers, M.J. 1974. Movements and reproductive success of black bear introduced into Arkansas. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 27:307-308.
ABSTRACT: From 1959-1967, 254 black bears (Ursus americanus) were translocated from northern Minnesota and Manitoba to the Ozark and Ouachita National Forests in northern and western Arkansas. Two black bear populations have been successfully established: 1) at the Piney Creek area in the Ozark National Forest, and 2) at the Muddy Creek area in the Ouachita National Forest. Translocated bears often made random and occasionally long distance movements from the release site. The release of bears into the Black Mountain area in the Northern Ozark National Forest area failed to establish a resident population. There was no evidence of sustained reproduction and only occasional sightings of bears during the past 5 years. Reintroductions of black bears into Arkansas often encounter major problems from extensive random movements of the bears from the release point, which hamper management and protection efforts. Arkansas closed their bear restoration program in 1968 because of high costs of trapping and transporting bears and increasing public opposition to the presence of bears in the state. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Ursidae 1950's 1960's.
LOCATION: 3176 MAM
650. Rowland, M.M., and J.L. Schmidt. 1981. Transplanting desert bighorn sheep - a review. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.25-28. ABSTRACT: Thirteen transplants of desert bighorn sheep were reviewed, of which 11 were successful. Five factors were used as evaluation criteria, including: release into historic range, use of an enclosure, number of sheep released, predator control, and release of potential family/social groups. Release of a minimum of 20 bighorns into historic range was recommended. Although release of bighorns that "know" one another seems desirable, further testing of this hypothesis is needed. Use of enclosures and predator control may not be warranted in all cases, and each potential transplant must be reviewed independently before a decision is made regarding the use of enclosures and predator control. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Arizona Colorado Nevada New Mexico Texas Utah Mexico 1950's 1960's 1970's Ovis canadensis mexicana
LOCATION: 2479 MAM
651. Russell, R.H., and G.W. Scotter. 1984. Return of the native. Nat., Can.(Ottawa) 13:7-13.
ABSTRACT: The swift fox (Vulpes velox) has been extinct in Canada since the 1930's due to habitat conversion and poisoning and trapping directed at other species. A trial 'slow' release of swift foxes occurred in fall 1983 in southeastern Alberta. Six pairs of foxes were enclosed in separate pens on the release site in fall 1982. The following fall, after four pairs producing 13 pups, the foxes were released from the pens. Radio collars were placed on adults and some of the pups. In Saskatchewan, pups have been penned in anticipation of a 1984 release, and swift fox reintroduction into southwestern Manitoba is scheduled for 1985/86. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's history.
LOCATION: 2694 MAM
652. Rutherford, W.H. 1972. Status of transplanted bighorn sheep in Colorado. Outdoor Facts Game Information Leaflet, Colorado Department of Natural Resources, Division of Game, Fish, and Parks. 3 pp.
ABSTRACT: Extirpation of bighorn sheep herds and the forcing of remaining sheep into marginal habitat began in the nineteenth century. By the 1940's, concern was focused on transplanting bighorn sheep into herds which needed supplementation and formerly occupied areas where herds could be reestablished. This paper summarizes fifteen transplant efforts (a total of 208 animals) that occurred in Colorado from 1944-1970. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1940's 1950's 1960's 1970's habitat history Ovis canadensis
LOCATION: 215 MAM
653. Rutherford, W.H. 1972. Status of mountain goats in Colorado. Outdoor Facts Game Information Leaflet. Colorado Department of Natural Resources. Division of Game, Fish and Parks.
ABSTRACT: During the 1940's, the Colorado Game and Fish Department began transplanting mountain goats into areas that they had been geographically and climatologically prevented from colonizing. Between 1948-1971, 55 goats (28 females, 17 males, and 10 kids) were released into four different areas. The 1972 status of transplanted goat herds in Colorado is discussed, including their distribution, population sizes and trends, and general sex-age composition. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1940's 1950's 1960's 1970's Oreamnos americanus
LOCATION: 214 MAM
654. Ryder, O.A. 1988. Przewalski's horse - putting the wild horse back in the wild. Oryx 22:154-157.
ABSTRACT: The Asian wild horse, or Przewalski's horse (Equus przewalskii), is believed to currently survive only in captivity. There are more than 660 individuals in over 70 zoological collections, and animals are available for reintroduction. The Przewalski's horse had been bred in captivity for 12 generations, and inbreeding has occurred. Genetic variability has been lost, and released animals will require acclimatization on or near release sites. In China, a program is under way for acclimatization, breeding, and release of wild horses, and plans are being made for a similar program in Mongolia. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Equidae genetics.
LOCATION: 2732 MAM
655. Safonov, V.G. 1977. Prospects for relocation of beavers (Castor fiber and Castor canadensis) in the USSR. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 13:387-392.
ABSTRACT: During 50 years of protection and reintroduction, (more than 12,000 individuals were released), we managed to restore Castor fiber to the European part of the USSR, to establish large populations in Siberia, and to increase numbers to a level that permitted planned hunting for more than 10 years. As a result of natural immigration from Finland as well as introductions into the USSR, populations of Castor canadensis have been established. There are great opportunities for expansion of the range of beavers in the Far East (in the Primorski and Khabarovsk territories, Sakhalin, and Kamchatka), where they were not native in recent times. Several important considerations for the introduction of C. canadensis are that its range will be isolated; competition and the undesirable consequences of possible hybridization between C. fiber and C. canadensis are eliminated. By using Kamchatka as an example, the opportunity for the introduction of C. canadensis is substantiated and the biological and economic consequences of the introduction of C. canadensis are estimated for the vast territories of the Far East. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae European beaver historical account distribution.
LOCATION: 3115 MAM
656. Sage, B. 1981. The beaver reintroduction project. Discuss. Pap. Conserv. Univ. Coll. Lond. 30:46-49.
ABSTRACT: This paper discusses a proposal to reintroduce the presently extinct European beaver (Castor fiber) into Great Britain. The proposal calls for an initial release of a few pairs of beaver and close monitoring for up to 5 years. The release would then be reviewed. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae.
LOCATION: 2783 MAM
657. Sale, J.B. 1986. Rhinos reestablished in Uttar Pradesh. Indian For. 112:945-948.
ABSTRACT: The decision to establish additional populations of Great Indian Rhinoceros was taken by the Rhino Sub-committee of the Indian Board for Wildlife in order to improve the conservation status of the species Dudhwa National Park in the Uttar Pradesh terai was selected for a trial introduction, and a 27 km2 area of suitable habitat enclosed. The rhino population in Dudhwa now comprises two males and a female from Assam and four females from Nepal. The animals are perfectly habituated to their new environment, they have not attempted to break the boundary electric fence. Mating has been observed. This trial project has proved successful. (AS) Reprinted with permission from the Indian Forester.
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae Rhinoceros unicornis India 1980's translocation reintroduction.
LOCATION: 2813 MAM
658. Sale, J.B., and S. Singh. 1987. Reintroduction of greater Indian rhinoceros into Dudhwa National Park. Oryx 21:81-84.
ABSTRACT: Nine greater Indian rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis) have been reintroduced to Dudhwa National Park, India in an attempt to establish a population there. Only about 1,700 of these endangered rhinos are known to exist in the wild, and 84% of them are concentrated in two areas. In 1984, five animals (3 females, 2 males) from Assam were released into an enclosed 27 km2 area at Dudhwa National Park; four animals (4 females) from Nepal were released there in 1985. The animals' movements, feeding, and social behavior are being monitored by park staff. Seven of the nine translocated rhinos had survived and settled in the release area as of December 1986. If this reintroduction is successful, rhinos will be reintroduced to other areas of their former range using the techniques developed from this project. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae 1980's capture.
LOCATION: 2564 MAM
659. Salmon, T.P., and R.E. Marsh. 1981. Artificial establishment of a ground squirrel colony. J. Wildl. Manage. 45: 1016-1018.
ABSTRACT: The effect of prerelease conditioning on establishment of California ground squirrel (Spermophilus beecheyi) colonies was investigated. Paired ground squirrels were placed in each of four above- and below-ground enclosures in November 1976. Following winter hibernation, the sides of cages were cut, and the squirrels were free to come and go at will. One year post-release, one of the original released squirrels was observed near the cages and two others were trapped on the study area. Prerelease conditioning was successful in establishing a ground squirrel colony on the site. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae 1970's.
LOCATION: 2903 MAM
660. Sankhala, K.S. 1977. Captive breeding, reintroduction and nature protection: the Indian experience. Int. Zoo Yearb. 17: 98-101.
ABSTRACT: Indian conservation attempts have successfully reestablished the mugger crocodile (Crocodylus palustris) at Ranthambhor Reserve. Other conservation practices have protected the Indian rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis) in its habitat; the same strategy is being taken with the Indian tiger (Panthera tigris tigris). Nine areas totalling 13,000 acres have been designated tiger reserves, and a core area within each is protected from human activity. The goal of these reserves is to allow predator and prey populations within them to attain natural levels. The project has been in effect 3 years, and tigers are increasing by 6% yearly. Other endangered species have also benefitted from the protection afforded them by this project. The project demonstrates the effectiveness of protecting animals in their natural environment rather than removing them from the wild and placing them in zoos for captive breeding. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Crocodylidae Felidae Rhinocerotidae India.
LOCATION: 2999 (1611) MAM
661. Santiapillai, C., and H. Suprahman. 1986. The proposed translocation of the Javan rhinoceros Rhinoceros sondaicus. Biol. Conserv. 38:11-19.
ABSTRACT: Ujung Kulon is the last stronghold of the Javan rhinoceros, with a population estimated to be 54. None survive outside, even in zoos. The sudden death in 1982 of five animals, perhaps as a result of an epidemic disease, underlined the vulnerability of these rhinos. Among the measures proposed to safeguard the animals from early extinction was the translocation of a nucleus of breeding individuals from Ujung Kulon to the Pulau Panaitan nearby or the Way Kambas Game Reserve in Sumatra. In principle, the translocation of Javan rhinos into Way Kambas is justifiable in that the animal lived there a few decades ago, and despite indiscriminate logging in the past, appropriate habitats still exist there. However, the main concern is over the present inadequate anti-poaching measures and the easy accessibility of the reserve to poachers. Way Kambas is also situated in one of the most densely populated provinces of Sumatra. The rhinos in Ujung Kulon represent a highly inbred population and are therefore vulnerable to the effects of inbreeding depression and other stochastic processes. We suggest that there is a strong case for translocating a proportion of the Javan rhinos from Ujung Kulon when their numbers have increased to about 80 individuals, and when such expertise becomes available to carry out the translocation in safety. As a first stage, captive, free-range breeding of a few individuals in the Pulau Panaitan within the Ujung Kulon National Park complex is recommended. We are not convinced that the available security in Way Kambas Game Reserve in Sumatra is sufficient to guarantee the survival of the Javan rhinos. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Rhinocerotidae Java feasibility genetics poaching.
LOCATION: 3211 MAM
662. Savage, A. 1988. "Proyecto Titi": the reintroduction of cotton-top tamarins to a semi-natural environments and the development of conservation education programs in Columbia. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Annu. Conf. Proc., pp.78-84.
ABSTRACT: The University of Wisconsin-Madison and INDERENA (Instituto de los Recursos Naturales y del Ambiente) developed a multidisciplinary approach to conserve the cotton-top tamarin in Columbia. Genetic samples indicated that the wild population is significantly more diverse than the population in captivity. The research team proposes forming a breeding group of wild cotton-top tamarins by reintroducing two wild-caught females into an isolated wild group of three males near the village of Coloso. Their objective is to study the social group dynamics of cotton-top tamarins in a natural environment with the goal of providing ideas for new management techniques for the captive population of cotton-top tamarins. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Callitrichidae Saguinus o. oedipus genetics captive propagation.
LOCATION: 3150 MAM
663. Scheffer, V.B. 1947. Raccoons transplanted in Alaska. J. Wildl. Manage. 11:350-351.
ABSTRACT: In 1941, eight black raccoons (Procyon lotor psora) purchased from Albany, Indiana, were released on Singa Island, Sea Otter Sound in Alaska. The animals have thrived, reproduced, and spread to nearby islands. In 1947, 32 raccoons were trapped. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Procyonidae 1940's reintroduction survival transport.
LOCATION: 2502 MAM
664. Schlie, W.J., and T.A. Bookhout. 1985. Reintroduction of Allegheny woodrats to Hocking County, Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 85:92-93.
ABSTRACT: Allegheny woodrats (Neotoma floridana magister), an endangered mammal in Ohio, occur only in Adams County. Several were live-trapped in Adams County and in Kentucky, fitted with radiotransmitters, and reintroduced to a formerly occupied site, Neotoma Valley, Hocking County, in 1983 (7 M, 11 F) and in 1984 (10 M, 16 F). Releases were of two types: direct, before leaf-out, and gentle, after leaf-out, which included supplemental feeding and predator distraction. Mean number of days between moves (abandonment of one crevice and inhabitance of a new one) was significantly (P < 0.05) larger after the second release (7.9) than after the first release (2.9), and mean length of survival (days) was significantly (P < 0.01) larger after the second release (61.4) than after the first release (12.6). All woodrats released in 1983 and 18 of the 26 released in 1984 are dead or missing. Predation is the significant cause of death. Two litters were born at Neotoma, one in each field season. Suitable crevices, important to woodrat survival, appear to be limited at Neotoma. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Sigmodontidae 1980's telemetry.
LOCATION: 3039 MAM
665. Schmitt, S.M., and R.W. Aho. 1988. Reintroduction of moose from Ontario to Michigan. Pages 258-274 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: During 22 January - 2 February 1985, 21 cow and 10 bull moose (Alces alces) were transplanted from Algonquin Provincial Park, Ontario, Canada, to northwestern Marquette County, Michigan, to reestablish a viable population. Moose were chemically immobilized, airlifted by helicopter to a road, radiocollared, crated, trucked overnight to Michigan, and released the next day. The deaths of two cows (narcotic recycling) 3 days after arrival were followed by the deaths of three bulls in June 1985 (cause unknown) and of four cows from December 1985 to February 1986. The latter deaths were attributed to infections of brainworm (Parelaphostrongylus tenuis), and in one case brainworm and liver flukes (Fascioloides magna). Seventeen cows gave birth to 21 calves, including four sets of twins, in May and June 1985. One calf from a sibling pair disappeared between June and November 1985, and three orphaned calves could not be found in April 1986. All four calves are presumed dead. In the spring of 1986, 10 calves were born to seven cows. The postpartum population numbered 47 moose in 1985 and 49 moose in 1986. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1980's immobilization.
LOCATION: 3100 MAM
666. Schonewald-Cox, C.M., R.J. Baker, and J.W. Bayless. 1988. Applying the population/area model to the planning of large mammal translocations. Pages 52-63 in L. Nielsen and R.D. Brown, eds. Translocation of wild animals. Wis. Humane Soc., Milwaukee.
ABSTRACT: This paper provides a demonstration of the application of a "population/area" model in estimating the areal requirements for restoration programs involving large mammals. The relationship of numbers of individuals to census area size can serve as a tool for managers when planning to restore species to sites where they were previously extirpated. This paper emphasizes one application: how this population/area model is applied to restoration, rather than how it is developed or tested. Using literature data, case examples of use are provided for mountain lions (Felis concolor) and gray wolves (Canis lupus). This is one manner in which the "technology" of conservation continues to develop, building upon both theory and accumulated knowledge. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae Felidae density planning viability.
LOCATION: 3099 MAM
667. Schreckengast, G.E. 1988. River otter reintroductions in West Virginia. M.S. Thesis. West Virginia Univ., Morgantown. 102pp.
ABSTRACT: Twenty-six river otters (Lutra canadensis) obtained from North Carolina, South Carolina, and Virginia were released into the Little Kanawha River Basin of West Virginia between December, 1984 and April, 1985. Fifteen otters (seven males and eight females) were equipped with implanted radio transmitters. Two main periods of mortality were observed: one immediately following release (approximately 14 days) and during the subsequent 1985-86 muskrat trapping season. It is estimated that 54% of all otters released survived through this trapping season. Otters that survived the initial stress of release appeared to adapt quickly to their new surroundings. Availability of prey did not appear to be a limiting factor. Due to mortality among females the potential for reproduction or breeding to occur during the subsequent year was believed to be low. A strong relationship between actively used habitat and rest cover was observed. The principal components of actively used otter habitat involved 1) stream bed structure and the resulting distribution and abundance of prey, 2) vegetation along stream borders for escape and resting cover, and 3) prey cover as influenced by stream border vegetation and bank structure. Locations of river otter sign appeared to accurately reflect habitat use. It was not possible to discriminate between river otter activity centers and sign-survey locations based upon these three components. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's telemetry.
LOCATION: 3019 MAM
668. Sekulic, R. 1978. Roan translocation in Kenya. Oryx 14: 213-217.
ABSTRACT: Between 1970 and 1972, 38 roan antelope (Hippotragus equinus) were moved from central Kenya to Shimba Hills National Reserve because their habitat was to be converted to farmland. There was no historic evidence that roan occurred in the Shimba Hills Reserve, but the habitat was considered suitable. Translocated individuals from different herds were put in a single enclosure and then released. Most animals disappeared from the reserve soon after being released, probably the result of dispersal. In 1973, 2 years after the releases began, only eight roan were on the reserve. In 1976, 13 were present, and in 1978, 22 roan were on the reserve. At least 15 calves were born from 1973 to 1976; one-third survived to the age of 9 months. The author suggests that the initial failure of roan establishment may have been due to the lack of social organization among released animals. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Africa 1970's reproduction.
LOCATION: 2973 MAM
669. Serfass, T.L., and L.M. Rymon. 1985. Success of river otter introduced in Pine Creek drainage in northcentral Pennsylvania. Trans. Northeast Sect. Wildl. Soc. 41:138-149.
ABSTRACT: The river otter (Lutra canadensis) was historically found in every major water system in Pennsylvania. Water pollution, deforestation, and unregulated trapping eliminated it in all but the Pocono Mountains of northeastern Pennsylvania. Improved water quality throughout the state leads us to believe that certain areas which once supported otters could, with proper management, do so again. In 1983 a program was initiated to reintroduce river otter into Pine Creek drainage in northcentral Pennsylvania. From May 1983 through July 1984, 22 otter were released along this stream. These otter were obtained from northeastern Pennsylvania, Louisiana, Michigan, and New York. Success of initial releases was determined by radio tracking and locating field sign. Radio tracking data indicate otter can survive well as the relocation site. Louisiana otter adapted well to northcentral Pennsylvania's harsh winter weather. Instrumented otter are known to have travelled up to 80 km from the release site, but they have more typically remained within the "general" relocation area. An analysis of otter scats collected in the study areas indicates fish and crayfish are the most commonly occurring food items in their diet. Otter have established several frequently used den sites, including undercut banks, rock formations, backwater sloughs, and flood debris. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's translocation livetrapping radiotracking survival mortality movement interactions den sites dispersal.
LOCATION: 2701 MAM
670. Serfass, T.L., and L.M. Rymon. 1985. Techniques for live capturing and handling river otters. Trans. Northeast Sect. Wildl. Soc. 41:220.
ABSTRACT: As part of Pennsylvania's otter reintroduction project, techniques were developed to safely live capture and handle river otter. Otter are known to often suffer severe teeth and paw damage when caught in leghold traps. In this study Hancock livetraps and experimental softcatch leghold traps were modified for use on river otter. To date, six captures were made in Hancocks and 10 in modified softcatch legholds; both traps are considered effective in safely capturing otter and both have their advantages in given trapping situations. Trapped otter were anesthetized with ketamine hydrochloride. Several devices were developed for restraining captured otter for drugging, holding, and transportation. A hold-down device incorporating chain link fencing has worked particularly well to restrain otter captured in leghold traps. While anesthetized they were placed in a well ventilated wooden holding box to minimize stressful external stimuli while recovering from the drug. Anesthetized otter were transported to holding facilities in the box which is also designed to serve as a nest and drugging box for captive otter. Otter are kept in 5m x 5m climate controlled rooms with cement floors and walls. While being held, their captive behavior and requirements were studied. During longer transportations to release sites, several otter displayed violent escape behavior including biting and clawing when confined in the holding box. Otter which were allowed to become accustomed to using holding boxes as dens for several days prior to transportation fared better. The addition of a small cage to the front of the box apparently reinforces the security of the box. In most instances this modification had a calming effect on the otter during transport. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Mustelidae Lutra canadensis 1980's wild-caught capture methodology immobilization.
LOCATION: 2701 MAM
671. Serfass, T.L., L.M. Rymon, and J.D. Hassinger. 1986. Development and progress of Pennsylvania's river otter reintroduction program. Pages 322-342 in S.K. Majumdar, F.J. Brenner, and A.I Rhoads, eds. Endangered and threatened species programs in Pennsylvania and other states: causes, issues and management. Penn. Acad. Sci.
ABSTRACT: The introduction of 22 wild-caught river otters (Lutra canadensis) from four states into two sites in north-central Pennsylvania over the course of 2 years is described. Pre-introduction research on food habits and live-trapping and holding techniques are summarized. Allowing otters to use holding/transport boxes as refugia prior to transport appeared to reduce escape behavior during transport. Attachment of wire cages to the front of transport boxes, and leaving box doors open, also reduced escape behavior. Eight of the released otters were monitored with radio-telemetry. Movement from release site was increased by presence of previously released otters at the site; maximum dispersal was 80 km. Males and females were able to find one another during the breeding season and at least one litter of pups was produced. Documented mortality included accidents, suspected starvation, and illegal trapping. Southern otters from Louisiana were apparently able to adapt to Pennsylvania winters even though their pelage was noticeably thinner than that of northern otters at release. Tables and figures depicting post-release food habits, movements, den use, and den locations are presented. (BGA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's capture methodology survival reproduction immobilization.
LOCATION: 325 MAM
672. Serfass, T.L., L.M. Rymon, and R.P. Brooks. 1987. Further evaluation of river otter translocations in northcentral Pennsylvania. Trans. Northeast. Sect. Wildl. Soc. 44:103.
ABSTRACT: In 1982 a project was initiated to reestablish river otters (Lutra canadensis) to portions of their original range in northcentral Pennsylvania. To date, 38 otters have been released into Kettle (4), Pine (22), and Loyalsock (12) Creeks. Data gathered through radio tracking indicated that the habitats at the release areas can support an otter population. Surveys for otter sign along Kettle and Pine Creeks have been used since October 1986 to further study the presence and distribution of otters. Survey results indicate that otters have remained along Kettle and Pine Creeks for at least 2.5 and 4 years, respectively. A survey conducted during January (1987) located otter sign at 55 locations throughout approximately 95 km of Pine Creek. Otters have established regularly used spraint sites, showing they have established territories. Between October (1986) and March (1987) 609 scats were collected from 13 spraints located within a 45 km intensive study area along Pine Creek. The first evidence that translocated otters had reproduced was obtained in January 1985 when two juveniles were accidentally leghold trapped and released by a beaver trapper along Kettle Creek. We classified the otters as juveniles based on photographs taken by the trapper and his assessment of their size. The vulnerability of otters to incidental capture during trapping seasons for legal furbearers is a concern at the release sites. Overall, otter translocations appear to be successful in northcentral Pennsylvania. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Mustelidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2700 MAM
673. Severinghaus, C.W., and R.W. Darrow. 1976. Failure of elk to survive in the Adirondacks. N.Y. Fish and Game J. 23:98-99.
ABSTRACT: From 1893 to 1906, 332 elk (Cervus canadensis) were released in the Adirondack region of New York. Additional animals were released in 1916 and 1932. The releases initially appeared successful, and in 1906, the population was estimated at 350 elk. The elk slowly disappeared, and there has not been an authenticated report of elk in the Adirondacks since 1953. The parasitic round worm Pneumostrongylus tenuis may have contributed to the failure of elk to survive in the Adirondacks. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1890's 1900's 1910's 1930's.
LOCATION: 2904 MAM
674. Skinner, J.D., and R.J. Van Aarde. 1987. Range use by brown hyenas Hyaena brunnea relocated in an agricultural area of the Transvaal. J. Zool. (Lond) 212:350-352.
ABSTRACT: Brown hyaenas (Hyaena brunnea) are endangered in South Africa, and from 1976 to 1985, 30 individuals were relocated in conservation areas. Three hyaenas trapped in the Thabazimbi district and released in Rustenburg Nature Reserve in 1981 and 1982 were radio-collared. Within 14 days, monitored individuals had moved off the reserve, and the hyaenas eventually established themselves 8-17 km from the release point. Home range size ranged from 5.5 to 48.9 km2 and encompassed uninhabited mountain slopes and valleys and inhabited agricultural flatlands. This study demonstrated that hyaenas can successfully be translocated to suitable habitat. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Hyaenidae 1980's activity.
LOCATION: 2848 MAM
675. Sleznick, J. 1981. Lava Beds bighorn sheep transplant to South Warner Mountains, Modoc National Forest. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., p.62.
ABSTRACT: At a meeting of the 5 agencies composing the Bighorn Sheep Reintroduction Program, it was decided to translocate some of the 43 sheep in the Lava beds population to the South Warner Mountains. Because the sheep were not attracted to the apple pulp bait, 10 sheep were driven into the corral using a helicopter and successfully captured. Five sheep died during handling. One ram and four ewes were released at the Raider Canyon release site the following day. One ewe became ill, was transferred to Sacramento for observations, and died. The remaining 4 sheep seem to have adjusted to their new location. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis californiana California 1970's.
LOCATION: 3133 MAM
676. Smith, C.A., and L. Nichols, Jr. 1984. Mountain goat transplants in Alaska: restocking depleted herds and mitigating mining impacts. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.467-480.
ABSTRACT: During June and July 1983, mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus) were captured and transplanted on the Kenai Peninsula to restock a depleted population and 18 mountain goats were captured on the southern mainland near Ketchikan, Alaska and transplanted to Revillagigedo Island to establish a new population. Two male and 10 female goats survived the Kenai transplant, but two females died immediately afterwards and two additional females dispersed from the release site. Dispersing goats showed distinct "homing" directionality. Five male and 12 female goats survived the Ketchikan transplant and no mortalities were documented through March 1984. Lactating females appeared to search for their lost kids and four of these females dispersed from the release site in the Ketchikan transplant. Probable breeding of the remaining females was documented. Capture and handling procedures are described and recommendations for future transplants are offered. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's dispersal.
LOCATION: 3020 MAM
677. Smith, D.R. 1985. Movements, habitat use, and forage use of reintroduced desert bighorn sheep. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Arizona, Tucson. 61pp.
ABSTRACT: Twelve desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) were captured and placed in a 283-ha enclosure in the Virgin Mountains, Arizona in November 1979. The population increased to 25 animals in 1981 and 21 were released from the enclosure. In November 1981, 41 additional bighorn sheep were captured and released north and south of the enclosure. Initial movements and areas used by these bighorn sheep were larger than those of the enclosure-released sheep. After the initial exploratory movements, there were no differences in movements and use areas between the two groups of sheep. The direct-released sheep dispersed into more groups initially than the enclosure-released sheep. Lower mixed Mohave Desert shrub and blackbrush communities were preferred by all sheep and rams; ewe and mixed groups preferred only lower mixed Mohave Desert shrub. Aspect use did not differ significantly from availability for all groups examined. All groups of sheep preferred slopes greater than 60%. The only preferences for an elevational range were shown by ewe groups for elevations between 1,250 and 1,453 m and mixed groups below 844 m. Fifty-six plant taxa were identified in the bighorn sheep diets. Forbs made up the highest proportion of the diet for all seasons. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3023 MAM
678. Smith, R. 1987. Captive breeding and reintroduction of red wolves in the wilds of North Carolina. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Annu. Conf. Proc., pp.670-677.
ABSTRACT: A recovery program for the endangered red wolf began in 1973 by establishing a captive breeding facility at the Point Defiance Zoo and Aquarium, which soon expanded to an off-site facility in Washington. Four widely separated, isolated areas in Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge, North Carolina were chosen as acclimation/release sites. In November 1986, eight wolves (4 females, 4 males) fitted with motion-sensitive radio collars were released into acclimation pens at these sites. These animals were gradually weaned off of commercial dog food and provided with live prey. Two pairs that were allowed to breed produced one known pup, which died several days after birth due to hypothermia. One pair of wolves was released ten months after being placed in the acclimation pens, and their activity was to be monitored for three weeks, 24 hours a day. The rest of the initial pairs were to be released as soon as recapture collars could be fitted on them, and four more pairs were scheduled for acclimation and release in these facilities in 1988. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Canidae Canis rufus South Carolina North Carolina 1970's 1980's transport telemetry acclimation.
LOCATION: 2662 MAM
679. Spencer, D.L., and C.J. Lensink. 1970. The muskox of Nunivak Island, Alaska. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:1-15.
ABSTRACT: A herd of 31 muskox (Ovibos moschatus) established on Nunivak Island during 1935 and 1936, fluctuated in size until 1947 when it numbered 49 animals. Since 1947, the herd has increased at a nearly constant annual rate of 16 percent. The number of calves averaged 19 percent of the total population since 1947. Mortality averaged about 7 percent of the total herd, but has been more variable than productivity. The consistent calf crops indicate that many cows are mature and are bred when 2 years old and subsequently may produce calves each year. Winter range is sharply limited by climatic conditions and is fully utilized by the present herd. The continuation of this population as a productive nucleus for restocking former range in Alaska or for other purposes is dependent on maintaining the basic herd at numbers which winter range can support. (AA) Copyright 1970 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1930's.
LOCATION: 2445 MAM
680. Stevens, D.R., and D.D. Hanson. 1986. The use of transplanting to expand bighorn sheep range. Proc. Bienn. Symp. North. Sheep and Goat Counc., pp.166-177.
ABSTRACT: In March 1977, 20 bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis canadensis) were transplanted from a migratory herd in the Tarryall Canyon near Pikes Peak to the east side of Rocky Mountain National Park, Colorado. The objectives of the project were to expand the winter range of the native sheep population from primarily alpine tundra ranges to historically used low elevation sites that had been abandoned, and to re-establish historic annual migration between the two range areas. In 1982, since it was believed the introduced sheep had established their movement patterns, a study was initiated using radio telemetry to document the movements and range use of these sheep. Observations from 1982 to 1985 indicate that the introduced sheep do winter primarily on relatively low elevation ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa)/shrub sites along Fall River, Black Canyon, and Cow Creek (the release site). Annual movements from these areas were made generally in July to the alpine tundra summer range areas in the vicinity of Mummy Mountain. The adult males summered separately from the ewes and lambs, generally on alpine range in the Desolation Peaks. Return to the winter range was made in September or October. Since the objectives were met, the project was considered a success. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's history.
LOCATION: 3193 MAM
681. Stevens, V. 1983. The dynamics of dispersal in an introduced mountain goat population. Ph.D. Diss., Univ. of Washington, Seattle. 216pp.
ABSTRACT: Nine sub-populations of the introduced mountain goat (Oreamnos americanus) on the Olympic Peninsula were examined during the period 1977-1981. A total of 237 individuals were marked, measured and monitored during this period. Observations of the reproductive success of individuals as well as overall population processes of each sub-population were made to illuminate the process of dispersal and its relationship to demographic vigor and population dynamics. Relative demographic vigor was evaluated on three levels, morphological characteristics, population characteristics and physiological characteristics. A significant difference was found in many characteristics between the largest sub-population, on Klahhane Ridge, and all the others combined. Most notable were horn growth, reproductive rate and fecal nitrogen levels. The differences between sub-populations also included the rate of dispersal which was over 10% for the Klahhane Ridge sub-population during the period of study (1977-1981) and only 1% for the combined sub-populations other than Klahhane. Dispersal and adult mortality together were found to be density dependent. Individuals most likely to disperse were young males, although members of every age and sex class were recorded dispersing from Klahhane Ridge. Dispersers were divided into five categories defined by the end result of the dispersal. These were (1) permanent, (2) probing, (3) migrating, (4) wandering, and (5) unknown. The distance travelled was highly correlated with the type of dispersal among females. This lead to the hypothesis that a threshold distance exists beyond which it is not worthwhile returning annually to the original home range and another beyond which it is not worthwhile returning at all. Dispersal occurs at all levels of population density, but increases as competition for nutrients becomes more intense. This may be the result of an increase in population size or an environmental influence such as drought. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Washington 1970's 1980's marking status.
LOCATION: 2476 MAM
682. Stout, G.G., F.C. Lowry, and F. Carlile. 1973. The status of elk transplants in eastern Oklahoma. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 26:202-203.
ABSTRACT: Between 1969 and 1972, 335 elk (Cervus canadensis) were transplanted from Wichita Mountains National Wildlife Refuge to eastern Oklahoma. Three releases (151 elk) were in the oak-hickory forest type in northeastern Oklahoma, and five releases (184 elk) were in the oak-pine forest type in the southeastern part of the state. Cumulative known mortality in the northeastern releases (December 31, 1971) was 31 animals while known cumulative calf crop was 33 animals. Minimum population size at this time (reliable sightings) was 148 for the Northeast. Cumulative known mortality in the southeastern releases (December 31, 1971) was 24 animals while known calf crop was 39 animals. Minimum population size at this time (reliable sightings) was 117 for the southeast. Due to terrain and elk behavior, population estimates for the Northeast are thought to be reasonably accurate while Southeast estimates are probably significantly lower than actual population size. Primary cause of known mortality (85%) was illegal kills. Parelaphostrongylus tenuis was either confirmed or suspected in 9% of reported mortality. Road kills or unknowns accounted for the remaining losses. Individual releases have had varying annual productivity rates ranging from 0 to 48 calves per 100 cows. In general, northeastern releases have remained discrete with the majority of the animals tied closely to deer refuges where they were released. Crop depredation has been a problem with these releases as the refuges are mostly surrounded by small private land holdings with agricultural interests. Most illegal kills have been reported from northeastern Oklahoma. One of the southeastern releases has disappeared completely, and two others have almost completely disappeared. Emigration is the apparent cause of these disappearances. Dispersion from southeastern release sites has been considerable which makes evaluation of the success of transplants difficult. Two Oklahoma elk have been reported in Arkansas. One of these had moved 150 linear miles from its release site. Crop depredation and illegal kills have not been as severe in this region as in the Northeast. Potential elk range in the southeast is considerable (Ouachita National Forest, Weyerhauser holdings, state lands, and large private ranches) while this is not the case in the Northeast. Although it will be 5 or 10 years before degree of success can be better verified, it appears that elk are biologically adaptable to eastern Oklahoma. A limited hunt is tentatively planned for 1973. If illegal kills can be reduced, the future of elk as a significant big game species in eastern Oklahoma will be enhanced. Elk will possibly be limited to refuges and public hunting areas in northeastern Oklahoma, but they have potential for occupying much of the southeastern part of the state. At present, it seems feasible that Oklahoma hunters will be harvesting elk far eastward from traditional western United States elk range. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Cervidae 1960's 1970's.
LOCATION: 3175 MAM
683. Stromberg, M.R., and M.S. Boyce. 1986. Systematics and conservation of the swift fox, Vulpes velox, in North America. Biol. Conserv. 35:97-110.
ABSTRACT: Two subspecies of swift fox have been described for North America, Vulpes velox velox and Vulpes velox hebes, but the latter northern subspecies is no longer recognised as endangered due to controversy over systematic status. We analyzed morphological variations in these North American foxes, and conclude that subspecific status for northern populations is probably not justified, even though there is significant geographic variation. Because geographic variation may reflect genetic variation, we feel it should be the object of conservation effort. Although taxa may receive variable conservation attention due to the existence of arbitrary subspecies classifications, such preservation efforts may be desirable. The Canadian Wildlife Service has initiated a swift fox rehabilitation project in Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba, where foxes are reintroduced from Colorado stock. We urge extreme caution in such programmes because of risk of interbreeding with rare swift foxes known to exist in northern Great Plains states and potential loss of genetic adaption to the rigours of northern environments. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2473 MAM
684. Strum, S.C., and C.H. Southwick. 1986. Translocation of primates. Pages 949-957 in K. Benirschke, ed. Primates: the road to self sustaining populations. Springer-Verlag, New York.
ABSTRACT: Two recent successful primate translocations are documented in this paper. Three troops of baboons represented by 131 individuals were moved from Gilgil, Kenya, to two ranches at Laikipia Plateau in 1984. Troops remained cohesive and were integrated into local populations post-release. In 1983, a subgroup of 20 rhesus monkeys was moved from the Aligarh District, India, to an uninhabited but once occupied area 30 km away. Reproduction was not disrupted, and no mortalities nor serious injuries occurred with either of these translocations. It is recommended that intact primate social groups be translocated over individuals or artificially created groups for successful translocation. Provisioning during the initial post-release period is also recommended. Translocation of primates to another location in the wild is preferable over taking the animals into captivity. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Cercopithecidae Macaca mulattaci 1980's.
LOCATION: 2817 MAM
685. Stuwe, M., and K.T. Scribner. 1989. Low genetic variability in reintroduced alpine ibex (Capra ibex ibex) populations. J. Mammal. 70:370-373.
ABSTRACT: Genetic characteristics of present alpine ibex populations may be influenced by founder effects that occurred during 4 phases of severe population reduction during the past 200 years: 1) reduction of alpine ibex distribution to the Gran Paradiso Mountains, northwestern Italy, with a population of < 100 animals; 2) transfer of ibex from the recovered Gran Paradiso population into captive-breeding programs in Switzerland; 3) founding of the first free-ranging ibex populations from captive stock; and 4) founding of new ibex populations with animals from populations established previously. This stocking genealogy should produce high genetic relatedness among present ibex populations. Genetic drift within populations and the multiplicatory effects of successive founding of several population "generations" may have reduced heterozygosity and caused a loss of low-frequency alleles. Loss of low-frequency alleles may reduce the ability of alpine ibex to adapt rapidly to environmental changes, and reduced heterozygosity may slow population growth because of poor reproductive success. This study is the first analysis of heterozygosity, allele frequency, and population differentiation among 57 alpine ibex from 9 Swiss populations. Reintroduced alpine ibex populations follow classical genetic predictions for populations subjected to low effective population size and subsequent inbreeding: low genetic variability with relatively high interpopulational differentiation. Although most loci were homozygous, allele frequencies at the few variable loci were significantly differentiated among populations, indicating the strong effects of drift. These preliminary data indicate a need for critically evaluating alpine ibex stocking programs to decrease the level of inbreeding in existing populations by introducing animals from genetically distant populations. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Italy Switzerland genetics.
LOCATION: 3135 MAM
686. Suckling, G.C., and M.A. MacFarlane. 1983. Introduction of the sugar glider, Petaurus breviceps, into reestablished forest of the Tower Hill State Game Reserve, Vic. Aust. Wildl. Res. 10:249-258.
ABSTRACT: In 1979 a program of release of captive-bred sugar gliders, Petaurus breviceps Waterhouse, was initiated in young, planted native forest at the Tower Hill State Game Reserve. The Reserve comprises three islands (130, 48 and 1 ha) inaccessible to wild sugar gliders. In May 1981 the status of the Tower Hill population was studied. At least 34 individuals were detected; these were generally confined to taller forest where nest hollows had been erected. Various population parameters were compared with those recorded by Suckling (1980) for wild sugar gliders at a similar latitude at Willung in southern Gippsland. Age structure, reproductive success and survival to 2 years of age were similar in both populations; the Tower Hill animals appeared to be in better condition (as measured by body weight within each age-class) than those at Willung. A population may now be established at Tower Hill. The present data are relevant to the future management of sugar gliders at Tower Hill; they may also be relevant to the management of regenerating forest areas, elsewhere in the state, for the conservation of sugar gliders, and possibly for the conservation of some other forest-dependent resident mammals. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Petauridae Australia 1970's 1980's habitat use movements survival.
LOCATION: 2415 MAM
687. Swenson, J.E. 1985. Compensatory reproduction in an introduced mountain goat population in the Absaroka Mountains, Montana. J. Wildl. Manage. 49:837-843.
ABSTRACT: Data on reproduction, population trends, and harvest of mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus) in the Absaroka Mountains, southwestern Montana, were analyzed for the period from 1956, when the goats were introduced, to 1983. Kid:older goats ratios were correlated with density of older goats (P < 0.01) and, to a lesser degree, with spring snow depths (P < 0.01). Population trend was best correlated with harvest rate (P < 0.05), but was also negatively correlated with goat density (P < 0.10). Data on hunter success and sex of harvest could not be used to determine population trends. This study documents a compensatory response in reproduction to changes in population size in mountain goats. The results suggest that wildlife managers can expect maximum reproductive response to harvest from introduced mountain goat populations which are still in the initial increase phase. However, even then goat populations are sensitive to overharvest. Managers must know the relationship between goat population and the food resources available to predict responses to harvest. (AA) Copyright 1985 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1950's 1960's 1970's 1980's introduction.
LOCATION: 2470 MAM
688. Tango, P., E.D. Michael, and J.I. Cromer. 1988. Summer home range of reintroduced river otter in West Virgina. Trans. Northeast Sect. Wildl. Soc. 45:73.
ABSTRACT: River otters (Lutra canadensis) were reintroduced into the West Fork River of northcentral West Virginia between February and April 1987. Seven otters (five males and two females) were fitted with radio-transmitters and monitored from June-August 1987. Summer home range was determined based on telemetered locations and visual observations. Home ranges were established along 37.8 km of the main river and 183 km of tributaries. Linear estimates of summer home range size ranged from 8.3 km for a solitary adult female to 19.4 for four adult males remaining in a group throughout the monitoring period. Dispersal from the release site by the end of August extended 19.1 km north and 18.2 km south of the main river and included use of two tributaries within these boundaries. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Mustelidae 1980's telemetry.
LOCATION: 2702 MAM
689. Tango, P.J. 1988. Home range of reintroduced river otter in West Virginia. M.S. Thesis. West Virginia Univ., Morgantown. 117pp.
ABSTRACT: Fourteen river otters (Lutra canadensis) were stocked from North Carolina and Maryland into the West Fork River, West Virginia, with five releases between 5 February and 1 April 1987. Thirteen animals were equipped with surgically implanted radio transmitters. Survivorship after 10 months from the first release was 61.5% (8 of 13 otter). Seven animals were radio-tracked to determine seasonal home range during the spring and summer and a fall home range estimate is given though size may not be considered indicative of the season. Seasonal home ranges varied between 7.1 km and 57.4 km for female otter and 11.1 km and 52.0 for male otter. A variety of den types were used and classified according to man-made, man-influenced, and natural sites. Root systems and pre-existing mammal dens were the most commonly occupied den structures. Activity was monitored during the summer and results showed otters could be found active at any time in the diel-cycle. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1980's telemetry.
LOCATION: 3018 MAM
690. Taylor, C.I. 1979. Movements, activities, and survival of translocated raccoons in East Tennessee. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Tennessee, Knoxville. 189pp.
ABSTRACT: A study of the movements, activities, and survival of translocated raccoons (Procyon lotor) was conducted from March 1977 to November 1978 in portions of Blount and Loudon Counties, eastern Tennessee. From July 1975 to May 1978, 286 raccoons live-trapped in West Tennessee were ear-tagged and released in the study area. Seventeen of these animals were equipped with radio transmitters. As of November 1978, 29 (10.1%) of the raccoons were recovered, after an average time of 344 days (range = 2 to 1207 days) in the field. Illegal kills comprised 41.4% of all tag returns. Of 11 females recovered after one breeding season, seven (63.6%) had apparently given birth to offspring while in the study area. Nine recovered raccoons had gained an average of 1.14 kg (29% increase) in weight over a mean period of 432 days. During a four-night experimental hunt, 46 hunting parties harvested 19 raccoons, 6 of which (32%) were transplanted animals. The average minimum dispersal for all raccoons was 3.8 km over a mean period of 294 days. There was no significant relationship between the number of days to recovery and dispersal distances. Dispersal of males was not significantly greater than that of females. Dispersal directions were randomly distributed. Home ranges were calculated from approximately 1500 radio locations recorded over 630 days for 14 of the 17 radio-monitored raccoons. Three methods of home range estimation were used: Minimal polygon, convex polygon, and a bivariate home range model (ellipse). Differences and advantages of each method are discussed. Home ranges of males were significantly larger than those of females, but home ranges of translocated raccoons were not significantly larger than those reported for resident raccoons in the same area. Minimal polygon home ranges averaged 106.4 ha; convex polygon ranges averaged 226.05 ha; and elliptical areas averaged 383.75 ha at the 95% confidence interval and 290.16 ha at the 90% confidence interval. Raccoons released in areas containing large pastures and intensive illegal hunting or dog training activities established significantly larger home ranges. The influence of intensive human disturbances on raccoon movements are discussed. Approximately 5,000 activity readings were used to analyze activity patterns. During adjustment to the new area, translocated raccoons were significantly more active and exhibited greater movements at all times of the day than during post-adjustment periods following release in the study area. After a 30-day adjustment period, raccoons were most active from 2101 to 0300 hours EST. Least active times were from 1201 to 1500 hours EST. Males were significantly more active and moved significantly farther over a 24-hour period than females. Of 328 den sites and day beds located, 70% were tree dens, 21% were ground dens, and 10% were gray squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis) leaf nests. No preference for individual tree species was evident. The advantages of the three types of den sites are discussed. The linear distance moved between consecutive den sites averaged 623 m and was significantly larger for males than females. Of approximately 1500 radio locations, 71.4% were recorded in forest habitat, 15.7% in edge habitat, 7.1% in old-field situations, and 0.9% in agricultural row crops. Differences in habitat utilization appeared more related to habitat availability than preference. Conclusions were that the translocation of raccoons for population restoration is a valid wildlife management technique, provided that suitable habitat exists, the resident raccoon population is low, and illegal hunting and dog training-related mortality can be controlled. Other management implications and recommendations are discussed. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Procyonidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 211 MAM
691. Taylor, C.I., and M.R. Pelton. 1979. Evaluation of a raccoon translocation attempt in east Tennessee. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 33:187-194.
ABSTRACT: A total of 286 western Tennessee raccoons (Procyon lotor) were ear-tagged and released in portions of Blount and Loudon Counties, eastern Tennessee, over a 3-year period. Twenty-nine (10.1%) were recovered. Illegal kills comprised 41.4% of all tag recoveries. Seven of 11 recovered females had produced offspring. Weight gains averaged 1.14 kg over 432 days. Average linear dispersal was 4.9 km. Dispersal distances for males and females were not significantly different and dispersal directions were randomly distributed. Home ranges of 14 radio-monitored raccoons were not significantly different than those of resident raccoons in the same area. The translocation of raccoons may be a valid management technique provided that suitable habitat exists, resident raccoon populations are low, animals are transferred from similar habitat types, and illegal or dog training mortality can be controlled. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Procyonidae 1970's reproduction telemetry.
LOCATION: 3179 MAM
692. Thouless, C.R., L. Chongqui, and A.S.I. Loudon. 1988. The Milu or Pere David's deer reintroduction project at Da Feng. Int. Zoo Yearb. 27:223-230.
ABSTRACT: The Milu or Père David's deer, an important element of China's natural heritage, has been extinct in the wild for many years. However, captive animals were maintained in over a hundred different facilities. In 1979, representatives of the World Wildlife Fund and conservation authorities of the People's Republic of China identified the reintroduction of the Milu to its natural range in China as a priority. Thirty-nine deer (13 males, 26 females) from various zoological collections were released into quarantine pens in the Da Feng Milu Reserve in the winter of 1986. In April 1987 they were released into a larger, fenced area where they will remain for one year. In 1987, seven calves were born to these transplanted animals, and one adult female died, apparently from old age. Because there are no sufficiently large areas of suitable habitat left in China to allow this population to become free-ranging, the deer will probably be kept in large, fenced areas to prevent them from raiding farmers' crops. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: China history methodology captive propagation Cervidae 1980's Elaphurus davidanus
LOCATION: 2628 MAM
693. Troyer, W.A. 1960. The Roosevelt elk on Afognak Island, Alaska. J. Wildl. Manage. 24:15-21.
ABSTRACT: In 1929, five female and three male Roosevelt elk (Cervus canadensis roosevelti) were introduced on Afognak Island, Alaska. The population has increased to 800 animals which remain in herds of 100-140 for most of the year. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Cervidae 1920's calving herding movements predation reproduction survival transport.
LOCATION: 2447 MAM
694. Uloth, W., and S. Prien. 1985. The history of introductions of mouflon sheep (Ovis ammon musimon, Schreber 1782) in central and eastern Europe, and the development and management of these wild sheep populations. North. Wild Sheep and Goat Counc. Spec. Rep., pp.133-137.
ABSTRACT: The first important transplant and release of mouflon sheep on the mainland of Europe took place during the second half of the 19th century, when Karoly Forgach released these wild sheep in the Tribec Mountains of Czechoslovakia (Uloth, 1972, 1976, 1979). Czechoslovakia has more than half of the European stock of mouflon, which in the eastern half of that continent increased from 10,000 to 27,500 in the years 1968 to 1978. Economic considerations for mouflon management are meat production per given area of habitat (kg wild meat per 100 ha of forest), as well as the trophy quality obtained by rams, which is revealed in the scores obtained in periodically held international hunting exhibitions. Record scores reached by mouflon trophies improved from 236.95 C.I.C. points in Budapest 1971, to 240.65 C.I.C. points in Plovidv 1981. Both these exceptional trophies came from Czechoslovakia. Conditions for the production of good trophies include the proper choice of suitable habitat for these sheep when introductions are made, a selective harvest of all age classes and both sexes to maintain a desired population structure, and lastly, a minimum of age for the harvest of rams with good horn development of 8 years. Initial comparisons of trophies of mouflon rams from Europe with those originating from sheep introduced to North America revealed that the European mouflon in general have a greater mean horn length, while those in North America have a greater mean horn circumference at the horn base. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae historical account.
LOCATION: 3091 MAM
695. van Aarde, R.J., and J.D. Skinner. 1986. Pattern of space use by relocated servals Felis serval. Afr. J. Ecol. 24:97-102.
ABSTRACT: This paper reports on the successful relocation of captive-bred male servals and provides information on activity patterns, dispersal and spatial utilization. Servals maintain themselves without any prior training in hunting. They are predominantly nocturnal and direction of dispersal was determined by habitat preferences, they confine themselves to areas with permanent water and adequate shelter. Core areas of activity coincided with the points of release and home range size varied from 2.1 to 2.7 km2. (AS) Reprinted with permission from Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Felidae South Africa 1980's.
LOCATION: 2889 MAM
696. Vatolin, B.A. 1978. Results of re-introduction of Castor fiber L. to man-made landscapes. Congr. Theriol. Int. 2:381.
ABSTRACT: In the Bryansk Region, an original beaver colony remained preserved on the Iput River; in 1947, this colony was found to contain 28 beaver lodges. During 1946 through 1957, 182 beavers coming from the Voronezh and Berezina State Reserves were released on 11 tributaries to the Desna River, belonging to the Dnieper River drainage area. In all release places, the beavers reproduced and attained peak numbers of 6.5 thousand individuals in 1971. In 1964 through 1971, the mean annual increment of the population was 45.9%. The total number of lodges amounted to 1560; the mean number of beavers per lodge was 4.1. The average number of beavers per 1 km of shoreline was 1.4 in the depression of the Desna River, with 67% woodland coverage; 1.1, in the Polesye, with 22% woodland coverage; and only 0.6 in the Poloye, with 11% woodland coverage. To conserve habitats suitable for the beavers, it is planned to preserve woodland belts up to 100 m wide around water reservoirs. Beaver families were found to populate amelioration drainage ditches, loam and sand pits filled with water as well as fishponds. In 1971, a beaver family was found to inhabit a bomb crater 9 - 10 m in diameter. In 1972, five beavers were captured in a dam connecting two parts of the town of Cryansk in the area near the Desna River. In three places, beaver lodges were found in railroad tracks. Trapping beavers for further releasing was started in 1958; for fur, in the winter of 1963; by 1977, a total of 1482 beavers were trapped for releasing, and 3884 for fur. Owing to the successful re-introduction, 12 times more beavers were trapped in the Bryansk Region within ten seasons than had been released ten years ago. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Castoridae European beaver 1940's 1950's 1960's 1970's.
LOCATION: 2820 MAM
697. Verts, B.J., and L.N. Carraway. 1981. Dispersal and dispersion of an introduced population of Sylvilagus floridanus. Great Basin Nat. 41:167-175.
ABSTRACT: Eastern cottontail rabbits, Sylvilagus floridanus, introduced into Linn County, Oregon, in 1941, occupied 378.1 km2 in 1953, 637.7 km2 in 1970, and 1501.9 km2 in 1980. Hiatuses within the range were related to absence of adequate coverts on conifer-dominated ridge tops and in intensively cultivated areas. Flooding of riparian zones seven times during the first 12 yr after introduction and three times during the 17 yr interval between the first and second surveys (especially the devastating floods of Dec. 1964 and Jan. 1965) was believed to have retarded dispersal or periodically reduced the area occupied. Flood-control dams constructed between 1941 and 1968 on drainage systems that affect the area limited floods to two winters since 1965 and were believed responsible for cottontails extending their range within the county nearly 2.5 fold since 1970. The absence of burrow-constructing associated species was believed relatively insignificant in retarding dispersal. Removal of brushy coverts, particularly by agricultural practices, tended to increase the size of unoccupied areas within the 1970 range of the species. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Leporidae 1980's dispersal distribution.
LOCATION: 2706 MAM
698. Wallace, K., and R. Henry. 1983. Return of a Catskill native. N.Y. Conserv., 6:17-19.
ABSTRACT: In the 1800's, the fisher (Martes pennanti) population in the Catskill forest of New York declined drastically due to human depletion of natural resources. In 1976, the Department of Environmental Conservation began a program to reintroduce the fisher to the Catskills. Implementation of limited fisher trapping and land management strategies have successfully increased the population of this species. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1970's 1980's policy survival trapping transport.
LOCATION: 2418 MAM
699. Walters, J. 1987. Are the Guadalupe Mountains ready for bighorns? Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.39-40.
ABSTRACT: The extirpation of desert bighorn sheep from the Guadalupe Mountains by the mid-1930's was attributed to heavy grazing by domestic sheep and goats, scabies, malta fever, hemorrhagic septicemia transmitted by domestic animals, and hunting pressure. Because native vegetation in Guadalupe Mountains National Park (GMNP) has recovered with protection, the National Park Service (NPS) is considering reintroducing bighorns into their historic range in GMNP. The reintroduction plan will include decision criteria to determine if the project should proceed and how to evaluate the reintroduction. When the task directive is released, there will be a public information program explaining the purpose of the reintroduction effort and the effects reintroducing bighorns into the national park will have on present land uses on public lands adjacent to the park and the regional domestic sheep ranching industry. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Ovis canadensis mexicana New Mexico Texas 1980's
LOCATION: 3147 MAM
700. Watts, T., and W. Conley. 1981. Extinction probabilities in a remnant population of Ovis canadensis mexicana. Acta Theriol. 26:393-405.
ABSTRACT: Exploitation by man of bighorn sheep, Ovis canadensis, Shaw, 1804, in North America has resulted in numerous remnant populations, existing in isolation from other sheep. The continued survival of these populations is dependent on the biological potential of the remaining animals and on management programs initiated by man. One such remnant herd of bighorn sheep O. c. mexicana (Merriam, 1901), inhabiting the Big Hatchet Mountains, Hidalgo County, New Mexico, experienced a 50% decline (from 22 to 13) in the adult component between 1976 and 1978. Computer simulations were conducted to address the questions: "what are the probabilities of survival or extinction for the 1978 population?" and "what effects did the 1976 to 1978 reduction have on these probabilities?" The extinction rate for the 1978 population was 12%. The observed decline increased the extinction rate from 0 to 12%, and decreased the potential population size after 18 years by 42%. A hypothetical 50% reduction of the 1978 adult segment increased the extinction rate to 20% and further reduced the population potential by 32%. Conversely, the simulated addition of 10 ewes and 5 rams, between 3 and 5 years of age, reduced the extinction rate to zero, and increased population potential by 211%. The 1978 population has a definite chance of going extinct, and the trend since 1976 indicates that it could occur sooner than expected. From a demographic standpoint, introduction of 15 relatively young sheep could initiate a significant upward trend in population growth. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1970's fecundity.
LOCATION: 2550 (1297) MAM
701. Waweru, F.W. 1988. Translocation of Rothschild's giraffes to Kenyan National Park successful. Conserv. Biol. 2:10-11.
ABSTRACT: Threatened with local extinction from human encroachment, 21 Rothschild's giraffes were translocated to Lake Nakuru National Park in 1977. The population increased to 71 animals by November 1987, with an annual increase of 13%. (MCA)
KEY WORDS: Giraffidae Giraffa camelopardalis Kenya.
LOCATION: 2579 MAM
702. Wayre, P. 1985. A successful reintroduction of European otters. Oryx 19:137-139.
ABSTRACT: The principal goal of The Otter Trust, founded in 1972, was to make regular reintroductions of captive-bred European otters (Lutra lutra) into suitable wild habitat. In 1983, three young otters (two females, one male) were released into a river in East Anglia, the male fitted with a harnessed radio transmitter. The otters gradually gained independence from the release site and after 100 days the animals' home range had increased to 31.5 km2. By 1984, the otters had successfully bred. Regular releases and subsequent monitoring have since been in progress. (JCA)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Britain 1980's policy survival telemetry.
LOCATION: 2469 MAM
703. Wayre, P. (ed.). 1987. Report of the council 1987. Otters 2(1):1-9.
ABSTRACT: A total of fourteen captive-bred European otters were reintroduced into five different areas of East Anglia by the Otter Trust between 1983 and 1987. In four of these release efforts, females were known to have bred successfully within a year after their release. Cubs born to the original animals released in 1983 and 1984 are also known to have reproduced successfully. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae Lutra lutra 1980's reproduction captive propagation
LOCATION: 4018 MAM
704. Weaver, R.A. 1986. Status of desert bighorn sheep in the U.S. and current management programs. Trans. North Am. Wildl. Natur. Resour. Conf. 51:41-44.
ABSTRACT: Sixty desert bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni, O. c. mexicana, O. c. cremnobates) reintroductions have been made in the United States. Arizona has been reintroducing sheep since 1958, and 15 releases into historic bighorn range have been made. The state of Nevada began sheep reintroductions in 1968, and 20 reintroductions have been made in 15 mountain ranges. The states of Texas, New Mexico, California, Utah, and Colorado have also reintroduced desert bighorn sheep. Private conservation groups have provided much of the funding and manpower to carry out these reintroductions. Limited bighorn hunting opportunities are available in Arizona, Nevada, and Utah. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae summary paper.
LOCATION: 2962 MAM
705. Webster, E.B. 1925. Introduction of mountain goats in the Olympic Mountains. Murrelet 6:10.
ABSTRACT: Four adult mountain goats (Oreamnos americanus) trapped in the Canadian Selkirks at Banff were released at Storm King in the Olympic Mountains in January 1925. Two goats climbed the rock cliffs upon release; the others walked along the highway. A fifth goat from near Acme, Washington, will also be released in the same area. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Washington 1920's.
LOCATION: 2802 MAM
706. Webster, E.B. 1932. Status of the mountain goats introduced into the Olympic Mountains, Washington. Murrelet 13: 25.
ABSTRACT: Twelve mountain goats from Alaska were released at the foot of Storm King on Lake Crescent in the Olympic Mountains, Washington, in the early 1930's. The goats have been observed frequently. One band of seven, including some kids, and another band of five have been seen. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae Oreamnos americanus.
LOCATION: 2803 MAM
707. Weckwerth, R.P., and P.L. Wright. 1968. Results of transplanted fishers in Montana. J. Wildl. Manage. 32:977-980.
ABSTRACT: Thirty-six live fishers (Martes pennanti), caught in central British Columbia, were released at three sites in western Montana in 1959 and 1960 in an effort to reestablish the species where it had been extirpated. Seven of these animals were recaptured at various intervals as long as 73 months after release. Analysis of the carcasses showed evidence of normal reproduction. Fourteen untagged animals, which probably represent progeny of the transplanted animals, have also been caught. Tentatively, it appears that at least one of the transplants was successful. (AA) Copyright 1968 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Mustelidae 1950's 1960's.
LOCATION: 2462 MAM
708. Weise, T.F., W.L. Robinson, R.A. Hook, and L.D. Mech. 1975. An experimental translocation of the Eastern timber wolf. Audubon Conserv. Rep. No. 5. ii + 28pp.
ABSTRACT: Two male and two female eastern timber wolves (Canis lupus lycaon), live-trapped in Minnesota were released in March 1974 near Huron Mountain in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. Their movements were monitored by aerial radio-telemetry. The wolves separated into a group of three and a single animal after release. The single, a young female, remained in the release region in an area of 346 square miles (896 km2). The pack of three moved generally westward for 13 days and then explored a 1, 631 square-mile (4,224 km2) region but settled after 2 months in a 246 square-mile (637km2) area about 55 miles (88 km) southwest of the release site. The adult female, which mated while captive prior to release, failed to whelp. In early July, one male was killed by an automobile, and the other was shot. The remaining female from the pack then began to move over a much larger area again. On September 20th she was trapped by a coyote (Canis latrans) trapper and shot. Two months later the single female was killed by a deer (Odocoileus virginianus) hunter. These results indicated that wolves can be transplanted to a new region, although they may not settle in the release area itself. The displacement of the translocated wolves in this experiment apparently caused an initial increase in their daily movements, and probably increased their vulnerability, at least during the first 2 months after release. The two females examined post-mortem were in good physical condition indicating that food supplies were adequate in Michigan. Human-caused mortality was responsible for the failure of the wolves to establish themselves. Therefore recommendations for a more successful re-establishment effort include a stronger public-education campaign, removal of the coyote bounty, and release of a greater number of wolves. (See also Weise, et al., 1979, Pages 346-419 in E. Klinghammer, ed., The behavior and ecology of wolves, Garland STPM Press, New York). (AA) Published with permission of the National Audubon Society.
KEY WORDS: Canidae 1970's habitat.
LOCATION: 3022 MAM
709. Wemmer, C., and M. Sunquist. 1988. Felid reintroductions: economic and energetic considerations. Pages 193-205 in H. Freeman, ed. Proc. Fifth Internat. Snow Leopard Symp.
ABSTRACT: The energetic and economic constraints that would need to be considered before attempting a reintroduction or translocation of snow leopards are discussed. Only areas that can harbor prey populations in excess of the minimum estimate required for reproduction should be considered. Non-reproductive snow leopards would require 260 blue sheep per year, whereas a reproductive female may require up to 730 blue sheep in one year. A second consideration is the sources of animals for reintroduction. If a wild population exists, its progeny can be suitable propagules. However, in some species, captive bred stock provides the only surplus animals, with young animals being the most suitable transplants. Finally, the costs of acquiring and preparing colonizers for release must be considered, as considerable time and finances must be provided for teaching felids their predatory skills. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Felidae costs energetics Panthera uncia
LOCATION: 4017 MAM
710. Whitehead, G.K. 1960. Saving the steinbock from extinction. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 4:198-200.
ABSTRACT: Efforts to reintroduce the alpine ibex or steinbock into Switzerland began in 1911, by which time the species was considered extinct in Switzerland. Fourteen different translocations were attempted, twelve of which were successful. By 1959, these translocated animals had boosted Switzerland's ibex numbers to 1562 total animals. The steinbock was also reintroduced to Yugoslavia, where its population numbered 40 animals in 1959. Most of the original stock for these translocations was provided by Italy, which had protected native ibex populations since the 1940's. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae history 1910's 1950's Capra ibex ibex
LOCATION: 4020 MAM
711. Wiggett, D.R., and D.A. Boag. 1986. Establishing colonies of ground squirrels during their active season. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 14:288-291.
ABSTRACT: The establishment of two new Columbian ground squirrel (Spermophilus columbianus) colonies in Alberta in 1983 is described. Groups of three wild-captured ground squirrels (2 pregnant females, and 1 male) were penned for less than 1 month and released into each of two meadows. In Meadow A, the adults and juvenile offspring became established. One adult female and her offspring became established in Meadow B. All squirrels except one juvenile female survived the August to May hibernation period. This reintroduction technique may be useful with other sciurids, particularly endangered prairie dogs (Cynomys spp.). (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Sciuridae 1980's.
LOCATION: 2856 MAM
712. Wilcove, D.S. 1987. Recall to the wild: wolf reintroduction in Europe and North America. Trends Ecol. Evol. 2:146-147.
ABSTRACT: Shooting, trapping, and poisoning have historically taken many wolves in Europe and North America, and current restoration attempts have met much public resistance. In response to the resistance, red wolves (Canis rufus) reintroduced to the Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge in North Carolina will be classified as a 'nonessential experimental population' and will not have the full protection of the Endangered Species Act when released. Proposed reintroduction of gray wolves (Canis lupus) to Yellowstone National Park is meeting similar opposition from livestock interests, hunters, and state agencies. Recolonization of gray wolves is occurring naturally through dispersal from British Columbia to Montana and Minnesota to Wisconsin and Michigan. In Great Britain, a proposal to reintroduce gray wolves to the Island of Rhum is being considered. Public attitudes toward wolves must change before the species can become successfully established in its former range. (LCA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae policy.
LOCATION: 2909 MAM
713. Wilson, L.O., and C.L. Douglas. 1982. Revised procedures for capturing and re-establishing desert bighorn. Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp.1-7.
ABSTRACT: New techniques developed since 1973 necessitated a revision of the guidelines for capturing and re-establishing desert bighorn (Wilson et al., 1973, Desert Bighorn Counc. Trans., pp. 46-48) which were adopted by the Technical Staff of the Desert Bighorn Council, and circulated upon request to agencies or interested persons. These revised procedures were developed after reviewing and analyzing virtually all successful and unsuccessful desert bighorn capture and re-establishment programs to date. By following these guidelines, capture and re-establishment programs should avoid the problems of unsuccessful operations and benefit from those that were successful. (AI)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1980's capture handling immobilization release selection site transport trapping Ovis canadensis mexicana
LOCATION: 2485 MAM
714. Wilson, L.O., J. Day, J. Helvie, G. Gates, T.L. Hailey, and G.K. Tsukamoto. 1974. Guidelines for re-establishing and capturing desert bighorn. Pages 269-295 in J.B. Trefethen, ed. The wild sheep in modern North America. Winchester Press, NY. 302pp.
ABSTRACT: Seven major categories which must be considered in any desert bighorn re-establishment program are discussed. They are: Historic Site Selection, Enclosure Location and Construction, Bighorn Behavior, Trapping Techniques, Helicopter and Capture Gun Techniques, Transport and Release of Bighorn. Specific recommendations for each category are made with a brief discussion supporting the recommendations. Utilizing these recommendations has resulted in the capture of over 30 desert bighorn using helicopters, capture guns and projectile syringes, and over 20 using the trapping methods. Two mortalities occurred in these bighorn prior to their release in enclosures. This is one area needing considerable study. Recommendations which should reduce mortalities to penned bighorn are given. Exceptions to the recommendations based on the biological requirements of individual bighorn populations rather than administrative exceptions should always be considered and should greatly enhance the probabilities of a successful program. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Bovidae translocation methodology techniques Ovis canadensis mexicana
LOCATION: 3130 MAM
715. Woodgerd, W. 1964. Population dynamics of bighorn sheep on Wildhorse Island. J. Wildl. Manage. 28:381-391.
ABSTRACT: This is a report on a population of Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) resulting from the release, in 1939, of a yearling ram and ewe and a later supplemental release of seven sheep on 4-square-mile Wildhorse Island, Montana. Competition for forage was severe. The highest density of grazing animals was 20 bighorn sheep, 100 mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus), and 20 horses per square mile. Observations on 51 marked and 6 otherwise recognizable animals yielded information on movement, herding characteristics, age-specific mortality, breeding age, and behavior. Bighorns mature sexually and breed at 18 months of age. The sex ratio at birth was nearly equal, but superior survival of males to early adulthood and the larger average life-span of males produced an unbalanced ratio in favor of rams. Lamb survival to 6 months was about 60 percent but rose from then to early adulthood. Population figures from frequent counts of the herd show a steady increase from 1939 to 1959, when 137 sheep were counted; thereafter the population appeared to level off or decline. No hunting has been allowed, and neither poaching nor predation threaten the bighorns. A light incidence of lungworm (Protostrongylus) infection and evidence of severe bone infection in the head were found. (AA) Copyright 1964 by The Wildlife Society.
KEY WORDS: Bovidae 1950's 1960's life history.
LOCATION: 3002 (1206) MAM
716. Wright, G.A. 1979. Dispersal and survival of translocated raccoons in Kentucky. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 31:285-294.
ABSTRACT: A tagging and telemetry study of translocated raccoons (Procyon lotor) was conducted during 1975, 1976, and 1977 in Kentucky. In areas of good cooperation from hunters, the reported tag return rate was 19.1% for Kentucky raccoons, 5.5% for Virginia raccoons, and 1.7% for Florida raccoons. Mean dispersal distances for tagged Florida, Virginia, and Kentucky raccoons was 25.7 km, 7.4 km and 6.4 km, respectively. Twelve radio-tagged Florida raccoons were monitored an average of 65 days. The probability rate of Florida raccoons released in the spring surviving until hunting season in November is less than 10%. Pen-raised raccoons moved only a few km from their release site and had a higher survival rate than Florida raccoons. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Procyonidae 1970's.
LOCATION: 3233 MAM
717. Yalden, D.W. 1986. Opportunities for reintroducing British Mammals. Mammal Rev. 16:53-63.
ABSTRACT: There is good evidence that the three rarer British predatory mammals, the Polecat, Pine Marten and Wild Cat, owe their present restricted distribution to intense human persecution. Since this persecution has now diminished considerably, it would be feasible to attempt to reintroduce them to parts of Britain where they were exterminated last century. More important, however, would be attempts to reintroduce mammals which became totally extinct in historic times, including Aurochs, Boar, Brown Bear, Beaver and Wolf. The last of these survived the longest, and is a prime candidate for consideration. There are good ecological reasons for attempting to reintroduce it to Rhum, where the large herd of Red Deer has to be culled by one sixth each year in an attempt to reduce overgrazing and starvation. Evidence of studies in North America suggests that Wolf predation would be a far more efficient way of controlling the Red Deer; and it would be more in keeping with the management objectives of a National Nature Reserve. Similarly an attempt should be made to use genetically `reconstituted' Tarpan and Aurochs to diversify the grazing, rather than domestic ponies and cattle. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd.
KEY WORDS: Review paper Scotland.
LOCATION: 2622 (3082) MAM
718. Zimen, E., and L. Boitani. 1979. Status of the wolf in Europe and the possibilities of conservation and reintroduction. Pages 43-83 in E. Klinghammer, ed. Symp. Behav. and Ecol. of Wolves. Garland STPM Press, New York.
ABSTRACT: Compared with North America, there are no vast wilderness areas left in Europe. Man's use of and impact on the land has lasted long, is intense, and almost complete. Big predators such as the wolf are considered pests to agricultural land use and unwanted competitors to hunting. Today, wolves have been completely exterminated from Western Europe and, lately, from Norway and Sweden also. They have survived, however, in Eastern Europe and in all southern European countries. Here, they live partly in close community with the human population. They prey on domestic animals or live on garbage, since their natural prey animals have been exterminated. Conservation of the wolf in Europe, therefore, requires insight into the ecology and behavior of the wolf in areas utilized intensively by man, as well as an understanding of the conditions under which man will accept the wolf as a part of his environment. The first preliminary results from a World Wildlife Fund study of the ecology and behavior of the wolf in the Abruzzi Mountains of central Italy will form the basis for a discussion on future wolf conservation activities and reintroductions of the wolf in suitable areas in Central and Northern Europe. Since the extermination of the wolf was basically for economic reasons, conservation and reintroduction must also be backed by economic arguments if they are to have any chance of acceptance. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Canidae review.
LOCATION: 2832 MAM
719. Zurowski, W. 1988. Situation of the European beaver in the Vistula River watershed and north-east Poland. Invest. Beavers. 7:7-14.
ABSTRACT: Twenty populations of beavers were established in Poland by translocation of 168 beavers to the lowland part of the Vistula River watershed and of 55 beavers into the Beskid Niski Range. In the year after their reintroduction, losses amounted to 14% and 40% in the lowland area and the mountainous region, respectively. By the end of 1986, 145 beaver sites were recorded, the majority of which were located in the lowland part of the watershed. (KRR)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae Castor fiber mortality 1970's 1980's
LOCATION: 2682 MAM
720. Zurowski, W. 1978. Transplantation of beavers in Poland. Congr. Theriol. Int. 2:448.
ABSTRACT: In 1977, there were about 254 beaver families in Poland. Most of them inhabit the tributary streams to the Niemen and Pregola rivers in NE Poland. This situation makes it difficult for the beavers to penetrate into the central part of Poland. In 1976 and 1977, experimental transplantations were started of beavers into the basins of the Vistula and Oder Rivers. The beavers to be introduced into these new sites were either removed from the free-living population or taken from a beaver farm at Popielno. Within the new areas, two groups were established, each containing six to seven families. A new method of introduction was used. In a selected site, artificial lodges or burrows were prepared. Thirteen pairs of beavers were put in these lodges or burrows, invariably after having received an injection of Combelen. The sites were never fenced. Two pairs stayed in the release site; three pairs wandered and settled down not farther than 1 km; three pairs wandered to a distance of no more than 4 km; two pairs, about 15 km; and one pair, about 50 km. The last three pairs were released on bigger streams. In places frequented by people, good results were obtained by using beavers from the beaver farm at Popielno. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Abstract only Castoridae European beaver 1970's.
LOCATION: 2820 MAM
721. Zurowski, W. 1979. Preliminary results of European beaver reintroduction in the tributary streams of the Vistula River. Acta Theriol. 24:85-91.
ABSTRACT: In 1977, there were about 254 beaver families in Poland. Most of them inhabit the tributary streams to the Niemen and Pregola Rivers in northeastern Poland. This situation makes it difficult for the beavers to penetrate into the central part of Poland. In 1976 and 1977, experimental reintroduction of beavers were started, into the basin of the Vistula River. The beavers to be introduced into these new sites were either removed from the free-living population or taken from a beaver farm at Popielno. In a selected site artificial lodges or burrows were prepared. Pairs of beavers (16) were put in these lodges or burrows, after having received an injection of Combelen (0.02-0.03 ml/kg body weight). In places frequented by people, good results were obtained by using beavers from the beaver farm at Popielno. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae 1970's capture.
LOCATION: 2755 MAM
722. Zurowski, W. 1987. Differences in effects of the European beaver reintroduction into the lowland and mountainous tributaries of the Vistula River. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18:226. ABSTRACT: In 1975-1980, 223 beavers were reintroduced into tributaries of the Vistula River. Of them 14% were farm-raised, and the others were captured in the low-lying lakeland habitats. Small-sized beaver populations, including 2 to 11 couples, were established. They were distributed not farther than 100 km apart in a straight line. In total, 168 beavers were released in lowland regions to make up 16 populations, and 55 beavers were introduced into mountainous areas where they made up four populations. Losses in beavers, until their home ranges had been established, amounted to 14% in the lowlands and 40% in mountains. In lowland regions they set up permanent sites in places rich with winter food. Only 11 couples had settled themselves on mountainous streams and four couples emigrated to the plateau. In the mountains, most of the beavers changed their home ranges every year; in each new location they built dams or at least they tried to do so. The dams were usually washed off during the spring snow melt. In autumn of 1986, in all the lowland habitats dams were recorded on 20% of the sites, while in the mountain all sites had dams. Lodges were used in two (13%) mountainous sites and in 28% of lowland sites. Winter food storages were found in all the mountainous sites in 1986. The annual increment in lakeland beaver sites was about 20%. In the mountains, no new site was found until 1986. It seems that it takes quite a long time for beavers to adapt to a water regime of. mountainous torrents. (AA) KEY WORDS: Abstract only Castoridae Castor fiber Europe 1970's 1980's.
LOCATION: 3253 MAM
723. Zurowski, W., and B. Kasperczyk. 1988. Effects of reintroduction of European beaver in the lowlands of the Vistula Basin. Acta Theriol. 33:325-338.
ABSTRACT: European beaver, Castor fiber (Linnaeus, 1758) was reintroduced into the lowland part of the Vistula basin in 1975-1985. The animals originated from the river basins of Neman and Pregola rivers or came from a beaver farm. Sixteen small populations were formed, composing 2 to 11 (mostly 4) families. The total number of the reintroduced beavers was 168, and in the first year they set up 64 sites. The loss of animals in the first year after the reintroductions amounted to 14%. Descendant sites began to appear after 3-4 years. Up to the end of 1985, 44 new colonies arose in the regions of reintroductions, mainly in the lakelands of Northern Poland, where the annual increase in the number of sites was 20% in the reintroduced families. A high birth-rate with a mean of 1.9 young per litter was observed. The suitability of beavers raised in farm for reintroduction was confirmed. The reintroduction in the Vistula basin should ensure formation of a large compact beaver population. (AA)
KEY WORDS: Castoridae 1970's 1980's habitat mortality population growth.
LOCATION: 3213 MAM